msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-21 05:07+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME , YEAR1, YEAR2 msgctxt "_" msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/backup-restore.page:18 msgid "Back up and restore your Evolution data and settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/backup-restore.page:22 msgid "Back up and restore" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/backup-restore.page:24 msgid "You can back up your Evolution data. The backup saves your settings, mail, contacts, tasks, memos and calendars. It will be stored in a gzip-compressed tar archive file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/backup-restore.page:29 msgid "Backing up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:33 msgid "Select File Back up Evolution Data…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:37 msgid "Choose a filename and the folder where you want to save the backup file, and click Save." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:41 #: C/backup-restore.page:69 msgid "You will be asked to close Evolution. Answer with Yes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/backup-restore.page:47 msgid "Note that your spam filtering settings are not included in the backup file, as these settings are not controlled by Evolution and as developers of spam filtering tools might change implementation details. If you use Bogofilter you will need to back up the hidden folder ~/.bogofilter/. If you use SpamAssassin you will need to back up the hidden folder ~/.spamassassin/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/backup-restore.page:58 #: C/intro-first-run.page:45 msgid "Restoring" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:62 msgid "Select File Restore Evolution Data…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/backup-restore.page:66 msgid "Choose the file, and click Open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/backup-restore.page:75 msgid "In the first-run assistant, you can restore Evolution data from a backup file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:23 msgid "Setting up reminder notifications for appointments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:26 msgid "Reminders for appointments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:29 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:31 msgid "Under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksReminders you can select those calendars for which you want to receive reminder notifications. If you do not select a calendar, you will not receive reminders for any events in this calendar. You can also define whether to show a reminder for every appointment and for every birthday and anniversary." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:40 msgid "For general information on displaying reminders, please see the GNOME Desktop Help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:50 msgid "Manual Reminders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:52 msgid "Apart from the general settings you can also set up reminders in the appointment editor for certain appointments only:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:57 msgid "Click OptionsReminders or press the Reminder button in the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:61 msgid "From the dropdown menu, choose either one of the available default options when to show a notification reminder, or choose Custom." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:66 msgid "In case of Custom, the reminder can be a popup, a sound played, a program ran, or an email sent. You can also define whether the reminder should be repeated." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/calendar-alarms-and-reminders.page:73 msgid "The Send an Email option is only available if the calendar backend supports such functionality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-caldav.page:23 msgid "Using an online CalDAV calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-caldav.page:26 msgid "Using a CalDAV calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:28 #: C/calendar-google.page:29 #: C/calendar-weather.page:24 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:23 msgid "To add such a calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:32 #: C/calendar-google.page:34 #: C/calendar-local.page:27 #: C/calendar-weather.page:29 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:28 msgid "Click FileNewCalendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:36 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:25 msgid "Select the type CalDAV." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:39 msgid "To discover the calendars, announced by the server, enter the server address as URL and optionally User, then click on Find Calendars. Select a calendar and User mail. This prefills the fields Name, Color, URL and (see below) Email. The step is optional, and you can overwrite all the discovered settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:43 #: C/calendar-google.page:40 #: C/calendar-local.page:34 #: C/calendar-weather.page:36 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:35 #: C/contacts-google.page:35 #: C/contacts-ldap.page:48 #: C/contacts-local.page:34 #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:48 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:30 #: C/tasks-local.page:26 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:28 msgid "Enter a name that you prefer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:46 #: C/calendar-google.page:43 #: C/calendar-local.page:37 #: C/calendar-weather.page:39 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:38 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:31 #: C/tasks-local.page:27 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:29 msgid "Optionally choose a color that you prefer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:49 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:45 #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:28 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:32 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:31 msgid "Enter the address in the URL field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:52 #: C/calendar-weather.page:49 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:48 #: C/contacts-google.page:45 #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:38 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:33 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:32 msgid "Choose Use a secure connection if you want to connect securely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:56 msgid "Enter your username and email address. When a meeting is created in the calendar, this email address is prefilled as Organizer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:59 msgid "When a meeting is created, modified or deleted, a notification can be sent to the other parties of the meeting. If Server handles meeting invitations is selected, Evolution uploads the meeting and assumes that the server informs other parties. When the option is not selected, Evolution sends an email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:64 #: C/calendar-google.page:55 #: C/calendar-local.page:46 #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:41 #: C/calendar-weather.page:56 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:55 #: C/contacts-google.page:49 #: C/contacts-ldap.page:114 #: C/contacts-local.page:37 #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:43 #: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:34 #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:69 #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:32 #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:47 #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:35 #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:40 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:36 #: C/mail-filters.page:50 #: C/mail-filters.page:71 #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:47 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:40 #: C/tasks-local.page:28 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:34 #: C/using-categories.page:51 #: C/using-categories.page:53 msgid "Click OK." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:68 #: C/calendar-google.page:59 #: C/calendar-local.page:50 #: C/calendar-weather.page:60 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:59 msgid "The calendar will be added to the list of calendars in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-caldav.page:71 #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:33 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:46 msgid "Collection accounts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-caldav.page:72 #: C/tasks-caldav.page:47 msgid "Different types of mail, address books, calendars, task and memo lists, belonging to the same user, can be added in one step by utilizing a Collection account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-classifications.page:23 msgid "Restricting visibility of appointments on remote servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-classifications.page:26 msgid "Using Classifications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-classifications.page:28 msgid "If you are using a calendar on a remote server (such as Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange), you can select a classification to determine who can view it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-classifications.page:32 msgid "To set a classification for an appointment, click OptionsClassification and select a classification in the editor. Public is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar-sharing network. Private denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher level." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-classifications.page:39 msgid "The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-classifications.page:42 msgid "If you want events, memos and tasks to be classified as private by default, enable the preference under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksGeneralMiscellaneous." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:24 msgid "Using the Free/Busy view on a groupware server to set up meetings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:29 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:31 msgid "You can use the Free/Busy search for meetings to determine the availability of invitees." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:34 msgid "In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Microsoft Exchange and Novell GroupWise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use meeting invitations to coordinate schedules with other people." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:44 msgid "To access the free/busy view:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:48 #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:44 msgid "Click FileNewMeeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:52 #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:55 msgid "Click Add to add the email addresses of people you want to invite." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:56 msgid "Click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or the Schedule tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:60 msgid "Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive email notification of any change in plans." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:70 msgid "Attendee List:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:71 msgid "The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:75 msgid "Schedule Grid:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:76 msgid "The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a web address (URL) that you can reach and you have entered that web address for the specific contact in the Contact Editor under Personal information Web AddressesFree/Busy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:90 #: C/calendar-publishing.page:42 msgid "You can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to a WebDAV server, FTP server, a remote machine through SSH or to any other web server with HTTP PUT support." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:94 msgid "In corporate environments you can publish Calendar and Free/Busy information to an Exchange or Groupwise server. Note that you must use the top-level Exchange calendar if you want others to be able to access your Free/Busy information when inviting you to a meeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:97 msgid "The default server can be defined under EditPreferences Calendar and Tasks Publishing Information Default Free/Busy Server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:105 msgid "Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-free-busy.page:107 msgid "If individuals give you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their web calendar, you can add the URL under Personal InformationWeb Addresses in the Contact Editor. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them,Evolution looks up the schedule and displays it in the Free/Busy data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-google.page:24 msgid "Using the online calendar of your Google account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-google.page:27 msgid "Using a Google calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-google.page:37 #: C/contacts-google.page:32 msgid "Select the type Google." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-google.page:46 #: C/calendar-weather.page:42 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:41 #: C/contacts-google.page:38 msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also when being offline." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-google.page:49 #: C/contacts-google.page:42 msgid "Enter your Google username." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-google.page:52 msgid "If you have more than one Google calendar, define which of them to use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:23 msgid "Define the displaying of appointments in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:26 msgid "Appearance of Appointments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:33 msgid "The following calendar-related options are available under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksDisplay." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:38 msgid "General" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:42 msgid "Time Divisions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:43 msgid "Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:47 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:48 msgid "If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:52 msgid "Show appointment icons in the month view" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:55 msgid "Compress weekends in month view:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:56 msgid "Select this option to display weekends in one box instead of two in the month view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:60 msgid "Show week numbers:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:61 msgid "Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:65 msgid "Show recurring events in italic in bottom left calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:68 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:75 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-layout-appointment-display.page:77 msgid "If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, select this option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:27 msgid "General formatting options for the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:30 msgid "General formatting options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:32 msgid "The following options are available under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneral." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:37 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:41 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:42 msgid "Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four-hour time formats." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:46 msgid "Time zone and Second zone:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:47 msgid "The city you are located in, and optionally a second city." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:53 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:57 msgid "Week starts on:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:58 msgid "Select the day to display as the first in each week." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:61 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:62 msgid "Define which week days are work days." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:65 msgid "Day begins:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:66 msgid "Define at which time your work day begins." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:69 msgid "Day ends:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:70 msgid "Define at which time your work day ends." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:77 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:79 msgid "You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-general-formatting.page:82 #: C/mail-change-time-format.page:21 msgid "The placeholders in the format expression are strftime formats. For a complete list of available strftime formats, run date --help in the Terminal application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-layout.page:17 msgid "Adjusting the display and views of the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-layout.page:20 msgid "Changing the calendar layout" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:23 msgid "Using date ranges (day, week, month) to look at the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:26 msgid "Available views" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:28 msgid "Evolution offers five different views of your calendar data:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:33 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:296 msgid "Day View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:36 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:302 msgid "Work Week View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:39 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:308 msgid "Week View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:42 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:314 msgid "Month View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:45 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:320 msgid "List View" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:49 msgid "You can switch the view by either using the buttons in the toolbar, or by clicking ViewCurrent View." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:52 msgid "You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar in the sidebar. To do this, select the days that you want to view in your calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:56 msgid "The Previous and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the Select today button between the two arrow buttons in the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-layout-views.page:61 msgid "To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click the Select a specific date button in the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-local.page:17 msgid "Adding another local calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-local.page:20 msgid "Adding another local calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-local.page:22 msgid "To add another local calendar to Evolution, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-local.page:31 #: C/contacts-local.page:31 #: C/tasks-local.page:25 msgid "Select the type On This Computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-local.page:40 msgid "If you choose to use an existing calendar file which is already located on your computer, you need to provide its location and whether Evolution should only read from the file or if Evolution can also add and alter items in that file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:17 msgid "The red \"Marcus Bains\" line displays the current time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:20 msgid "Time display in the Day view" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-marcus-bains-line.page:22 msgid "The red Marcus Bains Line in the Day view of the calendar is a marker to show the current date and time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:22 msgid "Ask somebody else to run the meeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:25 msgid "Delegating Meetings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:27 msgid "Only attendees of a meeting can delegate a meeting, but not the organizer of a meeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:32 msgid "Right-click on the meeting that you want to delegate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:35 msgid "Click Delegate Meeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:38 msgid "Select the contacts you want to delegate the meeting to." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-delegating.page:45 msgid "Each contact receives a copy of the meeting invitation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-meetings.page:17 msgid "Using meetings in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-meetings.page:20 msgid "Meetings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:5 msgid "Accepting and replying to a meeting invitation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:23 msgid "Replying to a Meeting Request" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:24 msgid "Meeting requests are sent as attachments and displayed as the body of an email. All the details about the event are shown, including time and dates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:25 msgid "You can choose whether and how to reply to the invitation and add a personal comment to your reply. Available options are to Decline, Tentatively Accept (Tentative), or Accept. You can also decide whether the time of the meeting will still be shown as free in your calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:27 msgid "If the meeting request already includes a reminder you can import the reminder to your calendar by enabling Inherit reminder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:29 msgid "If you click Accept the event is added automatically to the calendar that you have chosen." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:30 msgid "After you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the meeting, but if the original organizer sends out an update, your changes might be overwritten." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/calendar-meetings-replying-to-invitation.page:32 msgid "Under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksMeeting InvitationsConflict Search you can define which calendars are used for warning you of meeting conflicts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:23 msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:26 msgid "Sending a Meeting Invitation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:28 msgid "When you create a meeting (group appointment), you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the meeting listing, each attendee is sent an email with the meeting information, which also gives them the option to respond." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:33 msgid "If you do not need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce the event, right-click the meeting and select Forward as iCalendar.... This opens a new email message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it will not automatically send you email about whether they plan to attend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:40 msgid "To schedule a meeting:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:48 msgid "If you have multiple email accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the Organizer field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:52 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:36 msgid "Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:59 msgid "Click View in the menu bar to show or hide the Type, Role, Status, and RSVP fields." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:64 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:39 #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:47 msgid "Enter a brief summary in the Summary field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:67 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:42 msgid "(Optional) Type a location in the Location field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:70 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:45 msgid "To select this event as an all day event, click OptionsAll Day Event, or click the All Day Event button on the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:75 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:50 msgid "Select the date and time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:78 msgid "If the event is not an all day event, select either For to specify the duration, or select Until to specify the ending time of the event." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:83 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:53 msgid "(Optional) Enter a description in the Description field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:87 msgid "To query free/busy information for the attendees, click the Free/Busy button on the toolbar, or the Schedule tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:92 msgid "Click Save to save the meeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:96 msgid "An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:99 #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:62 msgid "You can also define a time zone, a category, a reminder, a recurrence, or a classification for the event, or add an attachment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/calendar-meetings-sending-invitation.page:107 msgid "In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-organizing.page:18 msgid "On using several calendars, searching, and categories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-organizing.page:21 msgid "Sorting and organizing calendars" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-publishing.page:25 msgid "Post your calendar content in public." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-publishing.page:28 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-publishing.page:30 msgid "In order to make one of your calendars available to the public, enable the Calendar Publishing plugin from EditPreferences Plugins and restart Evolution to activate it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-publishing.page:33 msgid "You can define calendars to be uploaded to a web server under EditPreferences Calendar and Tasks Publishing Information LocationsAdd." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-publishing.page:39 msgid "You can specify the online location, the frequency of publishing, which calendar(s) to publish, and authentication information for uploading." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-publishing.page:46 msgid "To immediately publish calendar information, click ActionsPublish Calendar Information in the calendar window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-recurrence.page:23 msgid "Repeating appointments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-recurrence.page:26 msgid "Using Recurrence" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-recurrence.page:28 msgid "If you have an appointment that takes place regularly, you can define its recurrence by clicking the Recurrence button in the Appointment Editor or by clicking OptionsRecurrence. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: \"Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2015\" or \"Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences.\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-searching.page:27 msgid "Searching appointments and meetings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-searching.page:30 msgid "Searching for Calendar Items" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-searching.page:33 #: C/contacts-searching.page:43 #: C/mail-searching.page:39 #: C/memos-searching.page:39 #: C/tasks-searching.page:39 msgid "Quick Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:35 msgid "In the Calendar view, you can quickly search for appointments and meetings either by summary or by category." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:38 #: C/memos-searching.page:41 #: C/tasks-searching.page:41 msgid "Searching by summary:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:42 #: C/contacts-searching.page:50 #: C/memos-searching.page:43 #: C/tasks-searching.page:43 msgid "Click the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:47 #: C/contacts-searching.page:55 #: C/mail-searching.page:43 #: C/memos-searching.page:44 #: C/tasks-searching.page:44 msgid "Select the search condition from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:50 #: C/contacts-searching.page:58 #: C/mail-searching.page:49 #: C/memos-searching.page:45 #: C/tasks-searching.page:45 msgid "Enter the text you want to search for and press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:53 #: C/calendar-searching.page:67 #: C/contacts-searching.page:62 #: C/contacts-searching.page:76 #: C/mail-searching.page:50 #: C/memos-searching.page:46 #: C/memos-searching.page:52 #: C/tasks-searching.page:46 #: C/tasks-searching.page:52 msgid "Evolution displays the search results." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:57 #: C/contacts-searching.page:66 #: C/memos-searching.page:48 #: C/tasks-searching.page:48 msgid "Searching by category:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:61 #: C/contacts-searching.page:70 #: C/memos-searching.page:50 #: C/tasks-searching.page:50 msgid "Click the Show drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:64 #: C/contacts-searching.page:73 #: C/memos-searching.page:51 #: C/tasks-searching.page:51 msgid "Select the category from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:71 msgid "To go through the results you can use the two arrow buttons next to the search field. This searches in currently enabled calendars. It searches from the currently selected day in the given direction, in a range of 10 years by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-searching.page:76 #: C/contacts-searching.page:80 #: C/mail-searching.page:54 #: C/memos-searching.page:54 #: C/tasks-searching.page:54 msgid "If you want to set several search conditions, you should use an Advanced search, which is described below." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:17 msgid "Make your information (appointments and free/busy times) available to others." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-sharing-information.page:21 msgid "Sharing your calendar information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-timezones.page:22 msgid "Using time zones in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-timezones.page:25 msgid "Using time zones" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-timezones.page:27 msgid "Evolution supports using multiple time zones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-timezones.page:30 msgid "Setting your global timezone(s)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-timezones.page:32 msgid "By default Evolution uses the system-wide time zone. This can be changed under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneralTime Time zone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-timezones.page:37 msgid "If you deal a lot with people in another specific time zone you can display that second time zone in the day view of the calendar. You can set a second time zone under EditPreferences Calendar and TasksGeneralTime Second zone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/calendar-timezones.page:46 msgid "Setting a timezone for an appointment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/calendar-timezones.page:48 msgid "You can also configure time zone information specific to each appointment. To do that, add a new or edit an existing appointment. Under Time zone, click Select… to customize the time zone. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set with someone in California, you need to make sure that your schedules are coordinated. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:17 msgid "Adding an appointment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:20 msgid "Adding an Appointment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:24 msgid "Click FileNewAppointment, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar to open the Appointment dialog. The particular time on the calendar view against which you have double clicked on will be suggested for the new appointment. You can also directly write in the calendar and then adjust the duration by dragging it with the mouse." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:33 msgid "If you use the Appointment dialog:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-usage-add-appointment.page:56 msgid "To show the time as busy to others, click Options Show Time as Busy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:17 msgid "Deleting an appointment in your calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:20 msgid "Deleting an Appointment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-usage-delete-appointment.page:22 msgid "If you want to delete an appointment in your calendars, right-click on the appointment in the calendar and select Delete Appointment, or click on the appointment and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD. If you are in the list view you can also use EditDelete Appointment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:17 msgid "Editing in appointment in your calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:20 msgid "Editing an Appointment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:22 msgid "If you want to change an appointment that already exists in your calendars:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:27 msgid "Double-click on the appointment that you want to edit in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:31 msgid "Edit the appointment (see Adding an Appointment for the list of available options)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-usage-edit-appointment.page:36 #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:29 #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:49 #: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:27 #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:29 #: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:27 msgid "Click the Save button, or FileSave." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-usage.page:18 msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting appointments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-usage.page:21 msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Appointments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:25 msgid "Adding and using more than one calendar and different types." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:28 msgid "Using several calendars" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:30 msgid "You can have multiple calendars and overlay them one over the other. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The sidebar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:38 msgid "Appointments for each calendar appear in a different color." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:40 msgid "You can also use calendars that are not on your computer, such as on the internet or in a local network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:43 msgid "For example, the icalshare.com website has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-using-several-calendars.page:47 msgid "New events and meetings are created in the selected calendar in the Calendar window. If no calendar is selected, new events are created in the default calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-weather.page:17 msgid "Display the weather in the calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-weather.page:20 msgid "Using a weather calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/calendar-weather.page:22 #: C/calendar-webdav.page:21 msgid "Calendars of this type are read-only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-weather.page:33 msgid "Select the type Weather." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-weather.page:46 msgid "Choose a location by selecting continent, country and city." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-weather.page:53 msgid "Choose the temperature unit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/calendar-webdav.page:16 msgid "Using an online Webcal/HTTP calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/calendar-webdav.page:19 msgid "Using a Webcal calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-webdav.page:32 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:27 msgid "Select the type On the Web." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/calendar-webdav.page:52 #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:35 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:33 msgid "Enter your username." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:22 msgid "Automatically add senders of mail that you have received to your contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:26 msgid "Adding people automatically to my contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:28 msgid "You can add people automatically to your contacts when you reply to received email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:31 #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:46 #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:31 #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:25 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:27 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:28 #: C/mail-received-notification.page:30 msgid "Select EditPlugins." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:32 msgid "Enable Automatic Contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:33 #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:48 #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:33 #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:28 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:29 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:30 #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:36 #: C/mail-received-notification.page:32 msgid "If a plugin is not available under EditPlugins, then please ask in a support forum of your distribution. Your distribution might have decided to disable some plugins or to ship plugins in a separate package." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:35 msgid "Go to EditPreferencesContacts Automatic Contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:37 msgid "Enable Create address book entries when sending emails and select an address book in the drop-down field below that will receive the new contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-add-automatically.page:42 msgid "From now on, contacts will be automatically created for senders of received mail when you reply to that mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:28 msgid "Autocompletion of names and email addresses entered in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:31 msgid "Autocompletion of mail recipients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:33 msgid "You can enter the first three letters of names and email addresses in the recipients text field and Evolution will present you with a list of matches from your address books." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:37 msgid "To enable autocompletion, go to EditPreferencesContacts Autocompletion and choose the address books from the list that Evolution should look in for matches." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:42 msgid "Select Always show address of the autocompleted contact to also show the email address along with the name. This can be helpful to distinguish if a contact has several email addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-autocompletion.page:46 msgid "Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-google.page:18 msgid "Use the online address book of your Google account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-google.page:21 msgid "Using a Google address book" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-google.page:23 msgid "To add such an address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-google.page:28 #: C/contacts-ldap.page:40 #: C/contacts-local.page:27 msgid "Click FileNew Address Book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-google.page:53 #: C/contacts-local.page:41 msgid "The address book will be added to the list of address books in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-ldap.page:25 msgid "Use shared address books on a local network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-ldap.page:28 msgid "Adding LDAP access" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:30 msgid "The LDAP protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-ldap.page:36 msgid "Adding an LDAP address book" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:44 msgid "In the Type field, select On LDAP Servers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:51 msgid "In the Connecting to LDAP tab:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:54 msgid "Enter the address of the server, the port number (the default number is 389) and whether you want to connect securely." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:58 msgid "Define the login method and your username." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:63 msgid "In the Using LDAP tab you define the following settings:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:67 msgid "Search Base: The search base is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your system administrator for information about the correct settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:72 msgid "Search Scope: The search scope is the breadth of a given search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:73 msgid "The following options are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:76 msgid "One Level: Searches one entry below the Search Base." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:79 msgid "Subtree: Searches the Search Base and all entries below it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:84 msgid "Search Filter: The search filter can be set here for all the LDAP queries. For example:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:88 msgid "ObjectClass=*: Lists all the objects from the server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:92 msgid "ObjectClass=User: Lists only the users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:95 msgid "Filter (|(ObjectClass=User)(ObjectClass=groupOfNames)): Retrieves the User and Contact List objects." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:99 msgid "(&(mail=*)(ObjectClass=*)): Lists the objects associated with the email addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:105 msgid "Download Limit: The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500 contacts, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches. This option is ignored, if Copy book content locally for offline operation is checked." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:119 msgid "If you are unsure about some settings, ask your system administrator." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-ldap.page:126 msgid "Differences to local address books" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:128 msgid "LDAP address books work like local address books on your computer, with the following exceptions:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:133 msgid "Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local address books." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:139 msgid "You can also mark the network folder for offline usage. To mark the folder, right-click the folder, click Properties and select Copy folder content locally for offline operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:144 msgid "To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server upon opening." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-ldap.page:148 msgid "Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:17 msgid "Using data from Evolution address books in LibreOffice documents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:21 msgid "Contacts in LibreOffice" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:23 msgid "You can use your Evolution address books in LibreOffice Writer as a data source. The following steps refer to LibreOffice version 5.4." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:28 msgid "Click EditExchange Database… in the menu bar. This will bring up the Exchange Databases dialog box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:33 msgid "In the right pane under Available Databases, EvolutionLocal is available as a source. Click on the small triangle to get the list of your Evolution address books." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:38 msgid "Choose an address book and click Define." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-libreoffice.page:42 msgid "This makes the Evolution address book the default data source for LibreOffice. You can now select a field to insert into a LibreOffice document via InsertField." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-local.page:17 msgid "Adding another local address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-local.page:20 msgid "Adding another local address book" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-local.page:22 msgid "To add another local address book to Evolution, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-organizing.page:18 msgid "On address books, searching, contact lists, and categories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-organizing.page:21 msgid "Sorting, organizing and grouping contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-organizing.page:23 msgid "There are several ways how to organize your contacts. You can use several address books and categories, and for conveniently sending messages to a group of people contact lists are available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-searching.page:25 msgid "Searching contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-searching.page:28 msgid "Searching Contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-searching.page:31 msgid "Searching in a Single Contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-searching.page:33 msgid "To find text in the displayed contact, select EditFind in Contact… from the main menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-searching.page:40 msgid "Searching Across Contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-searching.page:44 msgid "In the Contacts view, you can quickly search for contacts either by category or by contact's info." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-searching.page:46 msgid "Searching by contact's info:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:17 msgid "Adding a contact to your address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:20 msgid "Adding a Contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:24 msgid "Click FileNewContact, or right-click in a blank space in the list of contacts and click New Contact…, or press ShiftCtrlC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:31 #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:51 msgid "Select the address book under Where: to which it will be added." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:35 msgid "Enter the contact information. Note that there are several tabs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:38 msgid "You can add a photograph to the contact by clicking the large field (showing a stylized person) next to Full Name and Categories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:48 msgid "Contact Quick-Add from the Email Window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:50 msgid "You can also add a contact directly from an email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:54 msgid "Right-click on the email address in the message header." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:57 msgid "Select Add to Address Book…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-add-contact.page:60 msgid "Either press Edit Full to bring up the full Contact Editor, or click OK to directly add the contact to the chosen address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:17 msgid "Deleting a contact from your address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:20 msgid "Deleting a Contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-usage-delete-contact.page:22 msgid "If you want to delete a contact in your address books, right-click on the contact and select Delete, or click on the contact and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:17 msgid "Editing a contact in your address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:20 msgid "Editing a Contact" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:22 msgid "If you want to change a contact that already exists in your address books," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:27 msgid "Double-click on the contact that you want to edit in the list of contacts, or select the contact and press Enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-usage-edit-contact.page:31 msgid "Edit the contact information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-usage.page:17 msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting contacts in address books." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-usage.page:20 msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:23 msgid "Using contact lists for grouping contacts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:26 msgid "Using Contact Lists" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:28 msgid "A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send mail to this nickname it is actually sent to every member of the list. This differs from a \"real\" mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address managed by a mailing list application on a server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:34 msgid "For example, you could create one contact for each family member, then add those contacts to a contact list called \"Family\". Then, instead of entering each person's email address individually, you can send emails to \"Family\" and the messages would go to all of them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:40 msgid "Creating a contact list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:44 msgid "Click FileNew Contact List." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:55 msgid "Specify the list members by either entering the names or email addresses of contacts (the text field supports autocompletion), or by dragging contacts from the Contacts window into the list, or by using the Select… button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:61 msgid "Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:62 msgid "Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in Sending a message to several recipients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:73 msgid "The contact list will be added to the chosen address book in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:79 msgid "Sending messages to a contact list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-using-contact-lists.page:81 msgid "To send a message to the contact list, enter the name that you chose for the contact list as the recipient in the mail composer. You can also right-click the contact list in your address book and select Send Message to List." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:17 msgid "Adding different types of address books and using more than one address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:21 msgid "Adding and creating address books" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:23 msgid "You can have multiple address books. For example, you might have one address book for work related contacts and one for private contacts. The sidebar lists those address books, and you can select which address book is shown." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:28 msgid "You can also use address books that are not on your computer, such as on the internet (e.g. Google) or in a local network (e.g. LDAP)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:30 msgid "New contacts are created in the selected address book in the Contacts window. If no address book is selected, new contacts are created in the default address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/contacts-using-several-addressbooks.page:34 msgid "Different types of mail, address books, calendars, task and memo lists, belonging to the same user, can be added in one step, by utilizing a Collection account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/credits.page:5 msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/credits.page:20 msgid "Credits and Acknowledgment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/credits.page:23 msgid "Authors of the Evolution User Documentation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/credits.page:25 #: C/credits.page:54 msgid "André Klapper" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/credits.page:28 msgid "April Gonzalez" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/credits.page:31 msgid "Barbara M. Tobias" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/credits.page:34 msgid "Phil Bull" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/credits.page:41 msgid "Translators of the Evolution User Documentation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. TO TRANSLATORS: This is shown in the 'Translators of the User #. Documentation' section. Please REPLACE this string by adding your own #. names here so you get some well-deserved fame on the interwebs! Do NOT #. use '\n' for linebreaks or square brackets for potential email #. addresses here as this will not work. Thanks for all your hard work! #. andre #: C/credits.page:42 msgid "(Not applicable to the English version)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/credits.page:46 msgid "Authors of the previous version" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/credits.page:88 msgid "Contact information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/credits.page:89 msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/credits.page:91 msgid "Website" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/credits.page:94 msgid "GNOME Discourse" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/customize-ui-items.page:18 msgid "Moving and changing tool bar buttons, menu entries, and keyboard shortcuts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/customize-ui-items.page:21 msgid "Customizing tool bar and menu items" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:24 msgid "These steps are for tech savvy users. These steps are not suitable for average users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:27 msgid "Evolution offers no graphical interface to customize its tool bars or items in menus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:29 msgid "Advanced users can experiment by exploring and editing the corresponding system-wide file(s) under $PREFIX/share/evolution/ui/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:31 msgid "Copy those files with the file ending .ui which you would like to modify to your personal configuration folder $HOME/.config/evolution/ui/. Modify the files in your personal configuration folder so the next Evolution software update will not overwrite your changes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:34 msgid "Changing the order of tool bar/menu items in some .ui files may not affect their displayed order in Evolution. As a workaround, the attribute position='top' can be added to some elements (e.g. toolitem and non-empty placeholder elements), which will place them before other items in the group and cause them to be displayed according to their order in the .ui file. This attribute may need to be added to all items in a group to achieve the overall desired item order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:36 msgid "The modified files will be used if the evolution-ui-version attribute of the root ui element matches the version of the default files provided by Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/customize-ui-items.page:38 msgid "To change keyboard shortcuts, edit ~/.config/evolution/accels while Evolution is not running. Commented lines start with a ; character and will be ignored. Not all shortcuts can be changed though." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/data-storage.page:5 msgid "Where does Evolution store my data on the harddisk?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/data-storage.page:20 msgid "Data storage locations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/data-storage.page:23 msgid "This is only relevant for advanced users who want to debug problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/data-storage.page:26 msgid "Evolution 3.6 and later stores its data according to the XDG Base Directory Specification. By default this means:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/data-storage.page:30 msgid "The user's data files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/data-storage.page:31 msgid "$HOME/.local/share/evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/data-storage.page:34 msgid "Various configuration and state files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/data-storage.page:35 msgid "$HOME/.config/evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/data-storage.page:38 #: C/mail-working-offline.page:32 msgid "Account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/data-storage.page:39 msgid "$HOME/.config/evolution/sources" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/data-storage.page:42 msgid "Configuration settings in GSettings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/data-storage.page:43 msgid "$HOME/.config/dconf" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/data-storage.page:44 msgid "This location also includes settings of other applications. To output only Evolution related data on the screen, the Dconf commands dconf dump /org/gnome/evolution/ and dconf dump /org/gnome/evolution-data-server/ can be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/data-storage.page:47 msgid "Disposable data caches" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/data-storage.page:48 msgid "$HOME/.cache/evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/default-browser.page:7 msgid "Opening links from an email in a browser and opening the mail composer from an email link on a website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/default-browser.page:22 msgid "Opening links in and from the web browser" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/default-browser.page:27 msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/default-browser.page:31 msgid "In case you use Evolution under a different environment from GNOME," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/default-browser.page:34 msgid "Open a terminal application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/default-browser.page:37 msgid "Find out the name of the .desktop file for your preferred browser. Depending on your browser and distribution, the file might be called for example epiphany.desktop, firefox.desktop, google-chrome.desktop, konqbrowser.desktop, or opera-browser.desktop. If you are unsure you can look up most .desktop files in the folder /usr/share/applications/." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/default-browser.page:40 #: C/default-browser.page:46 msgid "Type this command, replace browser.desktop by the actual filename, and press Enter:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/default-browser.page:52 msgid "Evolution may need to be restarted for the settings to take effect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/default-browser.page:56 msgid "If the error message \"xdg-settings: command not found\" is shown, you need to install the package xdg-utils." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/default-browser.page:59 msgid "Install xdg-utils" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/default-browser.page:64 msgid "Please see the GNOME Desktop Help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: choose/p #: C/default-browser.page:66 msgid "If the preferred browser is set as default application but still does not work correctly please contact your distribution via their forum or bug tracker." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/default-browser.page:69 msgid "If the error message \"Could not open the link: Operation not supported\" is shown, you need to install the package gvfs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/default-browser.page:72 msgid "Install gvfs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/default-browser.page:81 msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/default-browser.page:83 msgid "Please see the GNOME Desktop Help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/default-browser.page:88 msgid "Advanced options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/default-browser.page:89 msgid "If you have a technical background you can also tweak these settings by defining scheme-handlers in $HOME/.local/share/applications/mimeapps.list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/deleting-appointments.page:5 msgid "Deleting calendar entries to reduce the size of the mailbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/deleting-appointments.page:20 msgid "Deleting old appointments permanently" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/deleting-appointments.page:22 msgid "To Purge old entries in a calendar, go to ActionsPurge in the Calendar view. You will be asked how many days old the events to remove from the calendar should be. The action will be applied to the currently opened calendar (selected in the list of calendars on the left); other calendars remain unchanged." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/deleting-emails.page:5 msgid "Deleting emails or attachments to reduce the size of the mailbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/deleting-emails.page:26 msgid "Deleting emails or attachments permanently" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/deleting-emails.page:29 #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:28 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142 #: C/intro-main-window.page:34 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/deleting-emails.page:30 msgid "Evolution deletes emails on IMAP servers by marking the messages for deletion; space is not freed until you expunge the marked emails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/deleting-emails.page:32 msgid "To Expunge a specific folder, go to FolderExpunge or press CtrlE. To Expunge all folders, go to FileEmpty Trash. This applies to other types of accounts as well." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/deleting-emails.page:36 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/deleting-emails.page:37 msgid "To delete the attachments of an email, select the message and click MessageRemove Attachments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:5 msgid "Deleting emails and calendar entries to reduce the size of the files used by Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/deleting-to-free-disk-space.page:20 msgid "Freeing disk space by deleting items" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:5 msgid "How to export calendar data from Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:20 msgid "Exporting calendar data" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:22 msgid "To export a complete calendar, right-click on the calendar in the list of calendars and click Save as. Available formats are iCalendar format (ICS, recommended), comma separated values (CSV), and RDF format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-calendar.page:23 msgid "If you want to export only one appointment (or task or memo), either select the appointment and select FileSave as iCalendar…, or right-click on the appointment and click Save as iCalendar…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:5 msgid "How to export contacts data from Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:23 msgid "Exporting contacts data" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:25 msgid "Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a vCard file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:26 msgid "To export a complete address book, click FileSave Address Book As vCard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-contacts.page:27 msgid "If you want to export only one contact, click FileSave as vCard or right-click on the contact and click Save as vCard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/exporting-data-mail.page:5 msgid "How to export mail data from Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/exporting-data-mail.page:20 msgid "Exporting mail data" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-mail.page:22 msgid "To save an email to a file in mbox format, select an email and click FileSave as mbox… or right-click on the message and click Save as mbox…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-mail.page:24 msgid "The same steps apply to save a complete mail folder, but you have to mark all messages in it first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/exporting-data-mail.page:25 #: C/mail-filters.page:30 msgid "You can select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/exporting-data.page:5 msgid "How to export data from Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/exporting-data.page:20 msgid "Exporting data from Evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:5 msgid "Limitations when using a Flatpak package of Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:20 msgid "Cannot print mail, add or save attachments, or open the help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:22 msgid "If you run a Flatpak version of Evolution, then there are several limitations. Examples are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:26 msgid "Adding attachments to an email or saving attachments from an email might not be possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:28 msgid "You cannot print an email to a printer. This is a limitation of the underlying WebKitGTK library." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:31 msgid "To print an email to a file, you can run flatpak run --filesystem=home org.gnome.Evolution as a workaround." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/flatpak-limitations.page:33 msgid "The local user documentation might not included, to make the package smaller." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/google-services.page:5 msgid "Using Google services." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/google-services.page:18 msgid "Using Google services" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:5 msgid "Importing data from Mozilla Thunderbird." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:20 msgid "Mozilla" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:24 msgid "The instructions below might be outdated and not work anymore." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:24 msgid "Follow this mailing list posting for an alternative method that you could try." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:27 msgid "Find your Thunderbird profile folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:28 #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:62 #: C/import-single-files.page:24 msgid "Click FileImport." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:29 #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:63 #: C/import-single-files.page:25 msgid "In the Importer Type tab, click Import a single file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:30 msgid "Go to the folder in which Thunderbird stores its data. You will have to make sure to show hidden files in the file selector dialog." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:33 msgid "If you would like to import Thunderbird mail, go to Mail/Local Folders (for local mail accounts) or ImapMail/servername (for remote mail accounts). servername will be the address of your remote mail server. Files without a file ending include your messages (not the .msf files)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:34 msgid "If you would like to import Thunderbird/Lightning calendar data, you may be able to export your Thunderbird events as an .ical/.ics file first, and import these files into Evolution. This is required as Thunderbird stores its calendar data in a non-standard database format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:36 #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:64 #: C/import-single-files.page:26 msgid "The file type will be automatically determined." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:37 msgid "Choose the destination (e.g. the folder or calendar in Evolution) for the imported data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-mozilla.page:38 #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:68 msgid "Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/import-apps-kmail.page:5 msgid "If KMail data cannot be found by the Evolution importer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/import-apps-kmail.page:19 msgid "KMail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/import-apps-kmail.page:21 msgid "Note that Evolution only recognized KDE 4 directories:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-kmail.page:23 msgid "$HOME/.kde4/share/apps/kmail/mail for mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-kmail.page:24 msgid "$HOME/.kde4/share/apps/kabc for contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/import-apps-kmail.page:27 msgid "For more recent versions, follow the instructions in this post. If you run into problems, follow ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:5 msgid "Importing data from Microsoft Outlook." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:23 msgid "Outlook" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:28 msgid "These steps refer to locally stored data such as POP accounts. For remote data (like IMAP) this is not necessary, since the data is still on the server and does not need to be manually transferred. You can set up the corresponding account in Evolution and the data will be downloaded." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:31 msgid "Prerequisites under Windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:32 msgid "First, while using Microsoft Windows, prepare your messages for import:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:34 msgid "Find your Outlook files (they normally have the file ending .pst or .ost):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:37 msgid "Windows 7, Windows Vista" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:37 msgid "Windows XP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:40 msgid "Outlook 2010" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:40 msgid "C:\\Users\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:40 msgid "C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\My Documents\\Outlook Files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:43 msgid "Outlook 2007 and earlier" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:43 msgid "C:\\Users\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:43 msgid "C:\\Documents and Settings\\username\\AppData\\Local\\Microsoft\\Outlook" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:46 msgid "(Replace \"username\" by your username.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:49 msgid "Copy the Outlook files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:50 msgid "As your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, some Linux systems cannot read it without additional software. You might find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a USB drive or to burn a CD." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:55 msgid "Importing into Evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:57 msgid "Depending on your last step, either plug in the disk or USB drive with the data and wait until the file manager window opens, or mount your Windows drive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:58 msgid "Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:59 #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:48 msgid "Start Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:60 msgid "Optionally select FileNewMail Folder to create the folders you want." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:64 msgid "Choose the Outlook personal folders (.pst) file that you would like to import." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:65 msgid "If the option to import Outlook personal folders (.pst files) is not available under FileImportImport single fileFile type, your distribution might have not enabled this functionality in Evolution. Please ask in a support forum of your distribution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-apps-outlook.page:67 #: C/import-single-files.page:27 msgid "Choose the destination (e.g. the folder in Evolution) for the imported data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/import-data.page:5 msgid "Importing data from another application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/import-data.page:20 msgid "Importing data from another application" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/import-data.page:23 msgid "Applications" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/import-single-files.page:5 msgid "Importing single files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/import-single-files.page:20 msgid "Importing single files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/import-single-files.page:22 msgid "To import single files (mail, calendar data or contacts):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-single-files.page:26 msgid "Choose the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/import-single-files.page:30 msgid "You can also import contacts that you have received as a vCard attachment of an email from its attachment menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/import-single-files.page:32 msgid "When setting File type to Contacts CSV or Tab, the column headers must correspond to the first entry in each item in English in the importer code for Evolution, Mozilla and Outlook." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:5 msgid "Supported file formats for importing data." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:23 msgid "Supported file formats" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:25 msgid "Evolution can import the following types of files:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:30 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (.mbox or no extension):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:32 msgid "The email format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution (for local folders until version 2.32), Eudora, and many other email clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:34 msgid "Maildir (no extension):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:36 msgid "The format used by Evolution (for local folders since version 3.0). There is no need to import Maildir files as you can configure a Maildir account in Evolution and point to the folder where the Maildir files are stored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:38 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 Personal Folders (.dbx):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:40 msgid "The email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 5/6. For newer versions PST import is recommended." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:46 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:254 #: C/intro-main-window.page:97 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:48 msgid "vCalendar (.vcs):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:50 msgid "A format for storing calendar files, which is generally used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Sunbird, and Korganizer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:52 msgid "iCalendar or iCal (.ics):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:54 msgid "A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Evolution, Microsoft Outlook, Palm OS handhelds, and others." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:60 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:326 #: C/intro-main-window.page:143 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:62 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:64 msgid "A standard data format for contact cards." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:66 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:68 msgid "The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:74 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:76 msgid "Evolution/Mozilla/Outlook CSV/Tab (.csv, .tab):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:78 msgid "CSV (Comma-separated values) or Tabulator files saved by using Evolution, Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:80 msgid "Outlook Personal Folders (.pst):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:82 msgid "A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook. It is also called \"Personal Storage Table\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/import-supported-file-formats.page:83 msgid "See for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/index.page:5 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:6 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/index.page:7 msgctxt "text" msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/index.page:23 msgid "<_:media-1/> Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:29 msgid "Getting Started" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:33 msgid "Mail Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:35 msgid "Advanced Mail Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:40 msgid "Mail Composing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:42 msgid "Advanced Mail Composing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:47 msgid "Calendar Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:49 msgid "Advanced Calendar Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:54 msgid "Contacts Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:58 msgid "Memos and Tasks Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:62 msgid "Data Migration and Synchronization" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:66 msgid "Tracking down Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:70 msgid "Common Mail Questions and Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:74 msgid "Common Other Questions and Problems" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/index.page:78 msgid "Further reading" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/intro-first-run.page:8 msgid "Set up email accounts, import data, or restore from a backup." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:23 msgid "Starting Evolution for the first time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:25 msgid "Evolution allows you to access your personal information like your calendars, mail, address books and tasks in one place." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:27 msgid "The first time you run Evolution, it opens the First-Run Assistant. It helps you set up email accounts and import data from other applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:29 msgid "This assistant is not shown if there is an already configured e-mail account in Online accounts as that account is automatically picked by Evolution. Not all options of such accounts can be edited in Evolution and such accounts can only be removed in Online accounts itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:37 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:30 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:34 msgid "Identity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:33 #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:38 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:31 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:35 msgid "Here you define your name and your email address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:34 #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:37 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:39 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:36 msgid "Optionally you can set a Reply-To email address (if you want replies to messages sent to a different address), set an organization (a company or organization you represent when you send email from this account), your default signature for this account, and email aliases." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:38 msgid "Restore from backup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:39 msgid "You will be asked whether to restore from a backup of a previous version. If you do not have a backup, go to the next page." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:43 msgctxt "ui:collapsed" msgid "Show how to restore from a backup" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:53 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:26 #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:30 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:23 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:26 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:54 msgid "First, choose the server type from the Server Type drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:55 msgid "If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or Internet Service Provider." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:57 msgid "Later on, if you want to change an account, or if you want to create another one, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:60 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:61 msgid "Keeps the mail on the server so you can access your mail from multiple systems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:65 #: C/intro-first-run.page:81 #: C/intro-first-run.page:97 #: C/intro-first-run.page:121 #: C/intro-first-run.page:146 #: C/intro-first-run.page:162 #: C/intro-first-run.page:178 #: C/intro-first-run.page:194 #: C/intro-first-run.page:210 #: C/intro-first-run.page:226 #: C/intro-first-run.page:253 msgctxt "ui:collapsed" msgid "Show how to configure this account type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:67 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:23 msgid "IMAP+ receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:76 msgid "POP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:77 msgid "Downloads your email to your hard disk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:83 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:27 msgid "POP receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:92 msgid "USENET News" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:93 msgid "Connects to a news server and downloads a list of available news digests." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:99 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:23 msgid "Usenet news receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:108 msgid "Exchange EWS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:109 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:27 msgid "For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange server (version 2007 or newer) or OpenChange server, it is recommended to use the package evolution-ews." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:111 msgid "This requires having the evolution-ews package installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:114 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:31 msgid "Install evolution-ews" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:123 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:20 msgid "Exchange Web Services receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:132 msgid "Exchange MAPI" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:133 msgid "For connecting to a Microsoft Exchange 2007/2010 or OpenChange server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:134 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:36 msgid "It uses Microsoft's Messaging API which is also used by Microsoft Outlook. However, evolution-mapi requires installing OpenChange and Samba 4, and is not as performant as evolution-ews." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:136 msgid "This requires having the evolution-mapi package installed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:139 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:41 msgid "Install evolution-mapi" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:148 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:20 msgid "Exchange MAPI receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:157 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:158 msgid "Local delivery: If you want to move email from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you want to leave email in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox Spool option instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:164 #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:20 msgid "Local delivery receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:173 msgid "MH-Format Mail Directories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:174 msgid "For downloading email using MH or another MH-style application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:180 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:20 msgid "MH-format mail directories receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:189 msgid "Maildir-Format Mail Directories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:190 msgid "Maildir-Format Mail Directories: For downloading your email using Qmail or another Maildir-style application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:196 #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:20 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:205 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:206 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file: For reading and storing email in the mail spool file on your local system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:212 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:20 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:221 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:222 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory: For reading and storing email in the mail spool directory on your local system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:228 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:20 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:237 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:238 msgid "If you do not plan to use Evolution for receiving email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:244 #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:32 msgid "Sending mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:245 msgid "Available server types are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:248 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:249 msgid "Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:255 #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:26 msgid "SMTP sending options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:264 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:265 msgid "Uses the Sendmail application to send mail from your system. It is not easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:271 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:272 msgid "Give the account any name you prefer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-first-run.page:276 msgid "Importing Mail (Optional)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-first-run.page:277 msgid "Continue with Importing data from another application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:5 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts that can save you some time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:25 #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41 msgid "Shortcut keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27 msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use Evolution more efficiently." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31 msgid "In addition to the shortcuts listed below, you can also use accelerators to navigate with the keyboard." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32 msgid "Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40 msgid "Global" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43 msgid "Ctrl1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46 msgid "Select Mail component." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49 msgid "Ctrl2" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52 msgid "Select Contacts component." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55 msgid "Ctrl3" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58 msgid "Select Calendars component." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61 msgid "Ctrl4" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64 msgid "Select Tasks component." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67 msgid "Ctrl5" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70 msgid "Select Memos component." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73 msgid "CtrlN" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76 msgid "Create a new item in current component." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79 msgid "F6" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82 msgid "Cycle focus between panes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85 msgid "ShiftCtrlQ" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88 msgid "Clear search bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91 msgid "CtrlW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94 msgid "Close window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97 msgid "ShiftCtrlW" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 msgid "Open new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103 msgid "CtrlQ" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106 msgid "Quit Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109 msgid "CtrlP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112 msgid "Print selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115 msgid "CtrlS" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118 msgid "Save selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121 msgid "Del or Backspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124 msgid "Delete selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127 msgid "ShiftCtrlV" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130 msgid "Move mails or contacts to folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:133 msgid "ShiftCtrlY" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136 msgid "Copy mails or contacts to folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145 msgid "ShiftCtrlM" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:148 msgid "Create a new message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151 msgid "F12" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154 msgid "Send and receive messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:293 msgid "CtrlY" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160 msgid "Apply filters to selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163 msgid "CtrlO or Return" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166 msgid "Open selection in new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169 msgid "CtrlF" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:172 msgid "Forward selection." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:175 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:305 msgid "CtrlK" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178 msgid "Mark the selection as read." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:181 msgid "CtrlShiftK" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184 msgid "Mark the selection as unread." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:187 msgid "↓" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:190 msgid "Jump to next message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:193 msgid "↑" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:196 msgid "Jump to previous message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:199 msgid ". or ]" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:202 msgid "Jump to next unread message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:205 msgid ", or [" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:208 msgid "Jump to previous unread message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:211 #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43 msgid "CtrlR" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:214 msgid "Reply to sender." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:217 #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:317 #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45 msgid "CtrlL" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:220 msgid "Reply to list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:223 #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47 msgid "ShiftCtrlR" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:226 msgid "Reply to all recipients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:229 msgid "Backspace" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:232 msgid "Scroll up." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:235 msgid "Space" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:238 msgid "Scroll down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:242 msgid "Space and Backspace also allow navigating in unread mail across folders:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:244 msgid "When you press the Spacebar for the first time, it takes you to the next unread message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:245 msgid "If the message is more than one screen long, Space works as Page Down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:246 msgid "If you press Space after you reach the bottom of the page, it takes you to the next unread message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:247 msgid "If there are no more unread messages in the mailbox, pressing Space takes you to the next unread message in the next folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:248 msgid "If new messages arrive in a number of folders, Space toggles between those folders. This feature allows you to switch to the next unread message in a different folder without clicking the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:249 msgid "Backspace has the same behavior but reverted: It scrolls up in a message and can jump to the next unread message in the previous folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:257 msgid "ShiftCtrlA" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:260 msgid "Create a new appointment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:263 msgid "ShiftCtrlE" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:266 msgid "Create a new meeting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:269 msgid "ShiftCtrlT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:272 msgid "Create a new task." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:275 msgid "ShiftCtrlO" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:278 msgid "Create a new memo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:281 msgid "CtrlT" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:284 msgid "Go to today." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:287 msgid "CtrlG" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:290 msgid "Go to date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:299 msgid "CtrlJ" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:311 msgid "CtrlM" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:329 msgid "ShiftCtrlC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:332 msgid "Create a new contact." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:335 msgid "ShiftCtrlL" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:338 msgid "Create a new contact list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:344 msgid "Changing keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:345 msgid "Advanced users can customize keyboard shortcuts by editing $HOME/.config/evolution/accels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-keyboard-shortcuts.page:345 msgid "See this blog post for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/intro-main-window.page:5 msgid "An explanation of the areas shown in the Evolution window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:29 msgid "The Evolution main window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:31 msgid "Evolution provides functionality for Email, Calendar, Contacts, Tasks, and Memos. You can switch to another functionality by using the \"Switcher\" buttons in the lower left corner. Depending on the displayed functionality also the displayed elements in the window differ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/intro-main-window.page:36 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='./figures/window-overview-layers.png' md5='e8970a16606fd7c6665afbc404a8c220'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:37 msgid "The Evolution mail main window" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:40 msgid "Corresponding elements in the mail main window:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:43 #: C/intro-main-window.page:101 #: C/intro-main-window.page:147 msgid "<_:media-1/> Menu bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:46 #: C/intro-main-window.page:104 #: C/intro-main-window.page:150 msgid "<_:media-1/> Tool bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:49 msgid "<_:media-1/> Folder list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:50 #: C/intro-main-window.page:108 #: C/intro-main-window.page:154 msgid "<_:media-1/> Search bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:53 msgid "<_:media-1/> Message list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:54 msgid "<_:media-1/> To Do bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:57 msgid "<_:media-1/> Preview pane" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:60 #: C/intro-main-window.page:119 #: C/intro-main-window.page:160 msgid "<_:media-1/> Switcher" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:63 #: C/intro-main-window.page:122 #: C/intro-main-window.page:164 msgid "<_:media-1/> Status bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:69 msgid "Folder list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:70 msgid "The folder list gives you a list of the available folders for each account. To see the contents of a folder, click the folder name and its contents are displayed in the message list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:71 msgid "For more information see Using Folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:74 msgid "Message List" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:75 msgid "The message list displays all the read and unread messages that you have in the chosen folder. To view an email in the preview pane, click the message in the message list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:78 msgid "Switcher" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:79 msgid "The switcher at the bottom of the sidebar lets you switch between the Evolution tools: Mail, Contacts, Calendars, Memos and Tasks. The appearance of the Switcher, including whether the buttons should be shown at all, can be changed in the menu ViewSwitcher Appearance." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:80 msgid "You can disable the folder list and the switcher sidebar by toggling ViewLayoutShow Sidebar or pressing F9." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:83 msgid "Preview Pane" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:84 msgid "The preview pane displays the message that is currently chosen in the message list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:85 msgid "You can disable the preview pane by toggling ViewPreviewShow Message Preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:88 msgid "To Do bar" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:89 msgid "The to do bar displays calendar appointments and tasks with due dates within the next seven days." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:90 msgid "You can disable the to do bar by toggling ViewLayoutShow To Do Bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:93 msgid "If you ever accidentally hide the menu bar, press Alt and re-enable it by toggling ViewLayoutShow Menu Bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:98 msgid "Elements in the calendar main window:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:107 msgid "<_:media-1/> Calendar list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:111 msgid "<_:media-1/> Appointment list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:112 msgid "Task list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:115 msgid "Month pane" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:116 msgid "Memo list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:127 msgid "Appointment List" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:128 msgid "The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments in the time frame selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:131 msgid "Month Pane" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:132 msgid "The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the right. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/title #: C/intro-main-window.page:135 msgid "Task list and Memo list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:136 msgid "Tasks and memos are just displayed for your convenience and are not associated to any appointments. Use the switcher to go to their main windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:144 msgid "Elements in the contacts main window:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:153 msgid "<_:media-1/> Address book list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:157 msgid "<_:media-1/> Contacts list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:161 msgid "<_:media-1/> Contact preview" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/intro-main-window.page:167 msgid "You can disable the contact preview by toggling ViewPreviewContact Preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/legal.xml:5 msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: license/p #: C/legal.xml:4 msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:5 msgid "How to set up a Gmail IMAP Account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:24 msgid "Access a Gmail IMAP Account via Evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:26 msgid "To access Gmail via IMAP you must turn on IMAP in your Google account. See the Gmail Help for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:28 msgid "It is recommended to set up Gmail as an online account in GNOME. Please refer to the GNOME Desktop Help for more information. After doing so, the Gmail account will be listed in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:30 msgid "For configuring the account in Evolution, refer to the IMAP+ mail account settings. Note that not all options of such accounts can be edited in Evolution and such accounts can only be removed in Online accounts itself." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:33 msgid "As an alternative to setting up an online account in GNOME, allow access for less secure apps in your Gmail account settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-imap-account.page:35 msgid "For performance reasons it is recommended to Use a Real Folder for Trash by setting it to [GMail]/Trash and to Use a Real Folder for Junk by setting it to [GMail]/Spam under the account's Defaults." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:5 msgid "How to set up a Gmail POP Account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:28 msgid "Access a Gmail POP Account via Evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:30 msgid "Follow these steps to set up your Gmail POP Account in Evolution:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:33 msgid "Log in to your Gmail account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:34 msgid "Go to SettingsForwarding and POP/IMAP. Refer to the POP Download section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:35 msgid "Enable the POP download feature by ticking the radio button that corresponds to either of these options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:37 msgid "Enable POP for all mail (even mail that's already been downloaded)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:38 msgid "Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:41 msgid "Specify the other required settings for this Gmail feature." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:42 msgid "To know the Gmail Account settings, click on Configuration instructions. Choose I want to enable POP and select Other from the list of clients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:43 msgid "On your Evolution client, go to EditPreferencesMail Accounts. Click Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:44 msgid "Provide the required information. For the account settings, refer to Step 5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-access-gmail-pop-account.page:46 msgid "Allow access for less secure apps in your Gmail account settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:5 msgid "Add and edit an IMAP+ mail account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:21 msgid "IMAP+ mail account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:24 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:24 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:25 msgid "Mail accounts can be added by choosing FileNewMail Account or via EditPreferencesMail AccountsAdd. The steps are mostly the same as for the First-Run Assistant, except for not getting asked whether to import data from other applications or to restore from a backup file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:26 msgid "Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit or by right-clicking on the respective top-level node in the folder list and choosing Properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:28 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:30 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:27 msgid "The following settings are available when editing an existing account:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:33 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:35 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:32 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:32 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Identity" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:42 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:42 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:43 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:42 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:45 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:38 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:42 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:42 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:42 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:42 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Receiving" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:44 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:44 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:45 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:44 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:47 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:40 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:44 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:44 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:44 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:44 msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:50 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:50 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:51 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:50 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:50 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:50 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:50 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:50 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Sending" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:52 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:52 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:53 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:52 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:52 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:52 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:52 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:52 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:58 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:58 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:59 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:58 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:53 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:46 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:58 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:58 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:58 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:58 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Defaults" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:60 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:60 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:61 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:60 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:55 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:48 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:60 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:60 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:60 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:60 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:66 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:66 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:67 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:66 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:61 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:54 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:66 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:66 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:66 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:66 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Composing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:69 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:63 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:56 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:68 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:74 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:74 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:75 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:74 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:69 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:68 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:74 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:74 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:74 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:74 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:76 #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:76 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:77 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:76 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:71 #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:70 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:76 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:76 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:76 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:76 msgid "Security" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:85 msgctxt "link" msgid "Other settings (IMAP+ accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:86 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Other settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:88 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:86 msgid "Other settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-imap-plus.page:89 #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:87 msgid "Other account related settings that are not located in the Account Editor:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Local Delivery account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:8 #: C/mail-account-management.page:31 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Local" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:21 msgid "Local Delivery account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:27 #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:26 #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:26 msgid "Mail accounts can be edited via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEdit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (Local Delivery accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Local Delivery accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (Local Delivery accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Local Delivery accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Local Delivery accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-local-delivery.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Local Delivery accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Maildir Format Mail Directories account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Maildir" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:21 msgid "Maildir Format Mail Directories account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:25 msgid "Evolution supports the Maildir++ specification." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:32 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:42 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:50 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:58 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:66 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-maildir-format-directories.page:74 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Maildir Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-management.page:5 msgid "Adding, editing and managing mail accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-management.page:20 msgid "Account Management" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-management.page:24 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Common" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-management.page:26 msgid "Common Account Types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-management.page:33 msgid "Local Account Types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-management.page:38 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Corporate" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-management.page:40 msgid "Corporate Account Types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a MH Format Mail Directories account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "MH Format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:21 msgid "MH Format Mail Directories account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-mh-format-directories.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (MH Format Mail Directories accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange 2007 or 2010 account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:21 msgid "Exchange Web Services account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:28 msgid "See also the documentation how to set up and troubleshoot OAuth2 authentication." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:34 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (Exchange Web Services accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:44 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange Web Services accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:52 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Exchange Web Services accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:60 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Exchange Web Services accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:68 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Exchange Web Services accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:75 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:76 msgid "Define the email reply to automatically send to internal or external persons in a certain time period." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:80 msgid "Delegates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-ews.page:81 msgid "Define who can send emails and reply to meeting requests on your behalf." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange MAPI account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "MAPI" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:21 msgid "Exchange MAPI account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:37 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Exchange MAPI accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:45 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Exchange MAPI accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:53 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Exchange MAPI accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:61 msgid "Exchange Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:62 msgid "In this section you can view the size of all Exchange folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange-evo-mapi.page:67 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Exchange MAPI accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:7 msgid "Add and edit a Microsoft Exchange account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:10 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Microsoft Exchange" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:23 msgid "Microsoft Exchange account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:25 msgid "Depending on the version of the Microsoft Exchange server that you would like to connect to it is required to make sure that an additional package is installed that provides this functionality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:36 msgid "For older versions of Microsoft Exchange, or if evolution-ews does not work well for you, try evolution-mapi." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:46 msgid "If you are unsure which Microsoft Exchange server version is used, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-account-manage-microsoft-exchange.page:48 msgid "For topics not covered here please refer to the old Evolution manual." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a POP mail account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "POP" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:21 msgid "POP mail account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (POP accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (POP accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (POP accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (POP accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (POP accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-pop.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (POP accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "mbox Directory" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:21 msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool Directory accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Standard Unix mbox Spool File account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "mbox File" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:21 msgid "Standard Unix mbox Spool File account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Standard Unix mbox Spool File accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:5 msgid "Add and edit a Usenet news account in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:8 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Usenet" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:21 msgid "Usenet news account settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:31 msgctxt "link" msgid "Identity (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:41 msgctxt "link" msgid "Receiving Email and Receiving options (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:49 msgctxt "link" msgid "Sending Email (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:57 msgctxt "link" msgid "Defaults (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:65 msgctxt "link" msgid "Composing Messages (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:73 msgctxt "link" msgid "Security (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:83 msgctxt "link" msgid "Other settings (Usenet News accounts)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/title #: C/mail-account-manage-usenet-news.page:84 msgctxt "link:trail" msgid "Other" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-attachments.page:5 msgid "Handling of file attachments for writing and reading mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-attachments.page:18 msgid "Managing attachments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:5 msgid "Saving and opening files that are attached to received emails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:24 msgid "Handling attachments in received mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:26 msgid "If you receive an email message with one or more file attachments, Evolution displays the number of attachments and a Save or Save All button between the email header and the content of the email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:27 msgid "Evolution does not support saving all attachments of all messages in one folder at once." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:29 msgid "A list of attachments is also available at the bottom of the email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:30 msgid "To save an attachment to disk, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and click Save As." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:31 msgid "To open an attachment in another application, click the down-arrow next to the attachment icon and choose one of the available applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33 msgid "The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications that are installed on your system. Your desktop environment's MIME database defines which applications can be used to open a specific file format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-attachments-received.page:33 msgid "To see the list of registered applications for a MIME type, use gio mime. Example: gio mime \"application/pdf\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:5 msgid "Attaching files to emails you want to send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:24 msgid "Adding attachments to an email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:27 msgid "Attaching files" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:28 msgid "To attach a file to your email in the composer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:30 msgid "Click Add Attachment…, or click InsertAttachment, or press CtrlM." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:31 msgid "Select the file you want to attach." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:34 msgid "You can also drag a file to the attachment bar of the composer window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:36 msgid "When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that large attachments can take a long time to send and receive." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:40 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:42 msgid "Evolution has an Attachment Reminder plugin you can use to remind yourself to attach a file to an email. If it determines that you have not attached the file, it displays a reminder window before the email is sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:44 msgid "To enable the Attachment Reminder:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:47 msgid "Enable Attachment Reminder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:50 #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:35 #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:27 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:32 msgid "Click the Configuration tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:51 msgid "Click Add, then enter keywords in your language such as \"Attach\" or \"enclosed\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-attachments-sending.page:53 msgid "Based on the keywords you have added, Evolution searches the text of every mail you are going to send. If it finds any of the keywords in your email and there is no actual attached file, the reminder window is displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:5 msgid "Sending invitations for appointments to contacts via email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:21 msgid "Sending invitations by email" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:23 msgid "If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:25 msgid "To send an invitation, right-click on the entry in the calendar and choose Forward as iCalendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:27 msgid "When you receive an invitation, you have several options:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:30 msgid "Accept:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:31 msgid "Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:33 msgid "Tentatively Accept:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:34 msgid "Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:36 msgid "Decline:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:37 msgid "Indicates you are unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click OK, although your response is sent to the meeting host if you have selected the Send reply to organizer option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:39 msgid "Send reply to organizer:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-calendar-sending-invitations.page:40 msgid "Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:5 msgid "If you received or sent an email, but you cannot find it anywhere." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:20 msgid "I cannot see some emails, where are they?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:24 msgid "Check whether you are using filters on incoming (or outgoing) messages. These could be automatically moving your messages to another destination." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:27 msgid "Check your search view in the search bar right above the message list. Perhaps the Show dropdown list is set to a filter like Read Messages, or the text input filed contains some value. Click the broom icon to clear the search field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:30 msgid "If you cannot see any emails at all in a folder, check that you have not maximized the message preview (so the message list pane is hidden). To do this, click ViewPreviewShow Message Preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:33 msgid "Select both ViewShow Deleted Messages and ViewShow Junk Messages to make sure all messages are visible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-cannot-see.page:36 msgid "Check your folder settings. Perhaps they are set to some other folder than the folder you thought of." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:5 msgid "Editing the columns displayed in the list of messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:20 msgid "Changing the message list columns" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:22 msgid "If you want to change the columns in the mail message list, right-click on the column headers and choose either Add a Column… or Remove This Column." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:23 msgid "If you have a small display, you can replace the Subject column by the Subject - Trimmed which will remove prefixes such as \"Re:\", or you can replace the From column which displays the sender's name and email address by the Sender column which will only display the sender's name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:25 msgid "If you would like to have the same column layout in all mail folders except for the Sent folder, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders. Note that this setting also influences Group by Threads and the Message Preview visibility in all folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-change-columns-in-message-list.page:27 #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:67 msgid "If you would like to have a different sort order and/or columns for specific mail folders, make sure that EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralApply the same view settings to all folders is disabled. You can then change the view and save your changes under ViewCurrent ViewSave Custom View… and apply the view also to other folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-change-time-format.page:5 msgid "Changing the date and time format in the message list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-change-time-format.page:19 msgid "Format of dates and time" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-change-time-format.page:20 msgid "You can change the format of the Date column by setting your preferred format under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersDate/Time format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:7 msgid "It is not possible to change the quotation introduction added when answering mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:24 msgid "Changing the \"On date, person wrote:\" string when replying" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:27 msgid "You might need to install the dconf-editor package to perform these steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:30 msgid "Install dconf-editor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:35 msgid "Advanced users can change this string." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:38 msgid "Open the dconf-editor application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:39 msgid "Navigate to org.gnome.evolution.mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:40 msgid "Enter the preferred quotation string as the value for the key composer-message-attribution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #. Translators: Do NOT translate the variable names inside the ${brackets}! #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:43 msgid "The default string in English is: \"On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} ${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:47 msgid "The following placeholders are available:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:56 msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 01-31)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:57 msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 1-31)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:62 msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 1-366)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:63 msgid "<_:code-1/> (format: 01-12)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-change-quotation-string.page:66 msgid "<_:code-1/> (e.g. 15 for the year 2015)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:5 msgid "Using custom fields in the header of composed messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:23 msgid "Custom Header Lines" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:25 msgid "You can add arbitrary header lines to outgoing emails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:28 msgid "Enabling and managing custom headers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:29 msgid "To set up the Custom Header plugin:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:32 msgid "Enable Custom Header." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:36 msgid "You can add, edit, or remove the header fields. For every header field you add, you can specify the keys and values. The key is used as the title of the Custom Header. You can enter multiple values for the keys. You must use a semicolon to separate every value you enter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:41 msgid "Inserting custom headers in a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:43 msgid "Click NewMail Message or press ShiftCtrlM to open the message composer window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:44 msgid "Select InsertCustom Header." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:45 msgid "In the Email Custom Header window, you can view all the defined header fields and values." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-custom-header-lines.page:46 msgid "Set the values for the header fields by using the dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:5 msgid "Enable HTML format in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:21 msgid "Enabling HTML format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:23 msgid "You can change the format of an email message from plain text to HTML in the email composer by choosing FormatHTML from the menu bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:24 msgid "Alternately, you also can change the first dropdown list below the Subject line from Plain Text to HTML." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:25 msgid "If you choose HTML format, a second tool bar will be displayed below the Subject line with HTML-only options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-enable-html-format.page:26 msgid "To send all your mail as HTML by default, enable EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorFormat messages in HTML." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:5 msgid "Using a text editor application instead of the default mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:20 msgid "Using an external editor" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:22 msgid "You can compose the body of your message externally in your favorite text editor application so you can use its specific functionality." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:26 msgid "Enable External Editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:30 msgid "Set the corresponding Command to start the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-external-editor.page:31 msgid "If Automatically launch when a new mail is edited is not set, you need to select FileCompose in External Editor in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:5 msgid "Forwarding a received email to somebody." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:23 msgid "Forwarding a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:25 msgid "When you receive an email, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:26 msgid "You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default setting, see Default settings), inline (in your message without the > character before each line), or quoted (with > character before each line)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:27 msgid "Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline or Quoted forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:29 msgid "To forward a message that you are reading:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:31 msgid "Click MessageForward, the Forward button in the toolbar, or press CtrlF to use the default forwarding method. In case you want to use a different forward method, click MessageForward as or the small dropdown arrow next to the Forward button in the toolbar to choose the method." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:32 msgid "Select a recipient for the message. The subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:33 msgid "Add your comments on the message in the text field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:34 msgid "Click Send or press CtrlReturn." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:37 msgid "Attachments to a message you are forwarding are forwarded only when you send the original message as an attachment. Inline messages do not forward any attachments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:40 #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:53 msgid "Default settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-forward.page:41 msgid "The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsForward style." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:5 msgid "How to forward a message with its attachments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:21 msgid "Forwarding a message with its attachments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:23 msgid "Click MessageForward as… and choose Attachment, so the forwarded email and also its attachments get attached to the email you want to send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-forward-as-attachment.page:26 msgid "If you want to have this setting by default, set EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesForward Style to Attachment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:5 msgid "Change the sender name and address on the fly by setting arbitrary values." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:20 msgid "Overriding the \"From\" field" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:22 msgid "To set a custom email address and sender name on a message you intend to send, enable ViewFrom Override Field and change the default sender name and email address in the corresponding fields." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #. Translators: If no Wikipedia article exists for your language and you #. leave the URL untranslated and pointing to the English Wikipedia, you #. might want to indicate in your translation text that the link is in #. English. #: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:24 msgid "This functionality can be useful for wildcard mailboxes when using qmail and sub-addressing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #. Translators: If no Wikipedia article exists for your language and you #. leave the URL untranslated and pointing to the English Wikipedia, you #. might want to indicate in your translation text that the link is in #. English. #: C/mail-composer-from-field-override.page:26 msgid "Setting an arbitrary address might collide with your email provider's Sender Policy Framework and/or DomainKeys Identified Mail restrictions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:5 msgid "Embed a picture in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:21 msgid "Inserting an Image in HTML" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:23 msgid "You can insert an image into the email (at the current position of the cursor):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:25 msgid "Click InsertImage… in the menubar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:26 msgid "Browse to and select the file." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:27 msgid "Click Open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-image.page:30 msgid "Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below the Subject line, or drag an image into the text area of the message composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:5 msgid "Insert a link to a website in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:21 msgid "Inserting a Link in HTML" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:24 msgid "You can insert links into the email:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:26 msgid "Select the text that you want to turn into a link." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:27 msgid "Either click InsertLink… in the menubar, or right-click on the selected text and click Insert Link." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:29 #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:28 #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:29 msgid "Click Close." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:32 #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:31 #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:32 msgid "Alternately, you can also use the <_:media-1/> icon in the second bar below the Subject line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-link.page:34 msgid "If you do not want a special link text you can just enter the address of the link directly. It will be automatically recognized as a link." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-html.page:5 msgid "Changing fonts, using colors, and inserting images, tables and links." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-html.page:21 msgid "Formatting emails (in Plain Text and HTML)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html.page:25 msgid "Text formatting tools for basic alignment and paragraph formatting are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html.page:26 #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:24 #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:24 msgid "The icons in the tool bar are explained in tooltips which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html.page:28 msgid "Normally, you cannot set text color or size or embed pictures in messages. However, most newer email applications can do this by using HTML format, which is the format that also web pages use." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html.page:30 msgid "Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-html.page:33 msgid "Plain Text Formatting Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-html.page:37 msgid "HTML-only Formatting Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:5 msgid "Insert a horizontal line in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:21 msgid "Inserting a Rule in HTML" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:23 msgid "You can insert a horizontal line into the email (at the current position of the cursor) to help divide two sections:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:25 msgid "Click InsertRule… in the menubar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:26 msgid "Select width, size, and alignment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-rule.page:27 msgid "Select Shaded if wanted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:5 msgid "Insert a table in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:21 msgid "Inserting a Table in HTML" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:23 msgid "You can insert a table into the email (at the current position of the cursor):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:25 msgid "Click InsertTable… in the menubar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:26 msgid "Select the number of rows and columns." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:27 msgid "Define the type of layout for the table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-html-table.page:28 msgid "Optionally: Select a background color or image for the table." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:5 msgid "Change font sizes, styles and colors in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:21 msgid "Formatting Text in HTML" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:23 msgid "Text formatting tools that are available in HTML format only are located in the second tool bar below the Subject line after enabling HTML format. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:27 msgid "Text Styles:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:28 msgid "Use these buttons in the lower tool bar to determine the way your email looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:32 msgid "Button" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:33 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:36 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:37 msgid "Font name." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:40 msgid "+0" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:41 msgid "Font size." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45 msgid "Text color." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:45 #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:49 msgid "The box displays the current text color. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:49 msgid "Background color of the text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:52 msgid "Bold A" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:53 msgid "Bolds the text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:56 msgid "Italic A" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:57 msgid "Italicizes the text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:60 msgid "Underlined A" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:61 msgid "Underlines the text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:64 msgid "Strike through A" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:65 msgid "Marks a line through the text." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-html-text.page:69 msgid "The other buttons are explained under ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:5 msgid "Add, change, edit or delete email signatures." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:20 msgid "Managing signatures" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:22 msgid "You can add, edit and delete all your signatures under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSignatures." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:23 msgid "Assigning a default signature to an email account has to be done in the account settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-manage.page:25 #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:26 msgid "Per long-standing convention, signatures always start with two dashes and a space in a separate line. This allows many email clients to automatically strip signatures from quotes when replying." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:5 msgid "Using email signatures at the bottom of a message you send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:21 msgid "Working with email signatures" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:23 msgid "A signature consists of one or more lines of text (or even a picture) that will be added at the end of an email that you send. It can contain contact information or other things." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures.page:24 msgid "The term \"signature\" is also differently used in terms of encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:5 msgid "Setting a default signature for an email account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:29 msgid "Default account signature" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:31 msgid "You can define a default signature for each of your mail accounts. This can be edited under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditIdentityOptional Information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-mail-signatures-per-account.page:33 msgid "If you have a signature for your account defined but exceptionally do not want to use it for one message, or want to use a different signature, you can change it via the dropdown menu in the right upper corner in the email composer window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:5 msgid "Message templates to reuse in the composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:23 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:35 msgid "Message Templates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:24 msgid "A message template is a standard message that you can use at any time to send mail with the same pattern." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:25 msgid "To enable the Message Template Plugin:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates.page:28 msgid "Enable Templates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:5 msgid "Use one of your templates for replying to a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:23 msgid "Using a Template as a Reply" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:27 msgid "Right-click the message you are replying to, then click Templates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:28 msgid "This option lists all the message templates in the Templates folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:31 msgid "Select the message template of your choice. Make changes if required in the email composer window that will open." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:34 msgid "Click Send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-reply.page:35 msgid "When you select a message template for replying, the subject of the reply is preserved." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:5 msgid "Store an existing or new message as a template" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:23 msgid "Saving Messages as Templates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:26 msgid "Saving an Existing Message as a Template" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:28 msgid "Select the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:29 msgid "Right-click the message and choose Move to folder or Copy to folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:30 msgid "Select the Templates folder under On This Computer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:32 msgid "You can also edit an existing message and save it as a template:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:34 msgid "Open the message and click Reply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:35 msgid "Edit the message body or the addresses according to your requirements." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:36 #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:47 msgid "Select FileSave as Template." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:41 msgid "Saving a New Message as a Template" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-save.page:44 msgid "Click New and enter in the composer window what you need for the template." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:5 msgid "Configure variables in templates and reuse items from the message you reply to" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:23 msgid "Using Variables in Templates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:26 msgid "Configuring Variables for Message Templates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:29 msgid "Click Templates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:33 msgid "You can add, edit or remove the key-value pairs. You can specify any number of key-value pairs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:35 msgid "In any template, the occurrence of every $key is replaced by the value it has in the configuration. For example, if you set the key to Manager and the value to Harry, any occurrence of $Manager is replaced by Harry in the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:36 msgid "Assume that you have 1000 message templates with your current manager's name in them. When the current manager is replaced by a new one, it is not easy for you to manually replace the manager's name in all the 1000 messages. If the messages have a $Manager key value, you can reset the value in the Configuration tab of this plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:37 msgid "By default, the entire environment variables are used as a key-value pair. An occurrence of $env_variable is replaced by the value it carries. For example, an occurrence of $PATH in your template is replaced by its value when the template is used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:38 msgid "The replacement process uses the following order of precedence:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:41 msgid "$key is replaced by the value set for it in the Configuration tab of the Templates plugin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:44 msgid "If the key is not found, it is then replaced with the value of its environment variable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:47 msgid "If key is neither a configuration option nor an environment variable, no changes are made." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:53 msgid "Using Elements From a Message in a Template When Replying" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:54 msgid "Templates can contain more than just the predefined set of key-value pairs. You can also get any message header values from the email that you are applying the template on, plus the complete message body." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[subject] and $ORIG[body] in this #. sentence! #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:56 msgid "In order to do this, use the format $ORIG[header_name] and replace the variable header_name by the actual header. For example, if you would like to insert the subject line of the message that you reply to, use $ORIG[subject]. To insert the complete body, use $ORIG[body]." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate $ORIG[body] and $ORIG[reply-to] in #. this sentence! #: C/mail-composer-message-templates-variables.page:58 msgid "If no replacement for a variable is found, the variable is not removed (except for $ORIG[body]) but left in place so that you see that something went wrong. This could happen when trying to use headers that are not necessarily always available in the original message (for example $ORIG[reply-to])." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:5 msgid "Change font alignment and paragraph formatting in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:21 msgid "Formatting Text in Plain Text Format" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:23 msgid "Text formatting tools are located in the tool bar below the Subject line. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:27 msgid "Headers and Lists:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:28 msgid "At the left of the upper tool bar, you can choose Normal for a default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include Preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:29 msgid "For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:33 msgid "Alignment:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:34 msgid "Located next to the Headers and Lists dropdown, the three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The left-most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:38 msgid "Indentation Rules:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-plain-text.page:39 msgid "The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-priority.page:5 msgid "Setting a priority for messages to be sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-priority.page:23 msgid "Prioritizing outgoing messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-priority.page:25 msgid "You can prioritize a message to be sent, so that the recipient sees its relative importance. To prioritize a message, select OptionsPrioritize Message in the menu of the composer window or click the corresponding toolbar icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-priority.page:27 msgid "Evolution will ignore the message priority of incoming messages because the recipient should decide whether the message is important or not. You can set the \"Important\" flag for any messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:5 msgid "Answering a received email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:23 msgid "Replying to a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:26 msgid "Replying to Email Messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:27 msgid "To reply to a message, select the message to reply to in the message list and click the Reply button in the toolbar, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it is part of the previous message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:28 msgid "If you are reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save substantial amounts of time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:32 msgid "Using the Reply To All Feature" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:33 msgid "Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:34 msgid "If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of Reply or Reply to All." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:38 msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:41 msgid "Action" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:43 msgid "Reply to Sender" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:45 msgid "Reply to Mailing List" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:47 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-reply.page:54 msgid "The default settings for replying and forwarding can be changed under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesGeneralReplies and ForwardsReply style." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-search.page:5 msgid "Searching for text in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-search.page:21 msgid "Searching in the mail composer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:23 msgid "Under the Edit menu in the message composer there are several text searching features available." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:26 msgid "Find:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:27 msgid "Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:30 msgid "Find Again:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:31 msgid "Select this item to repeat the last search you performed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:34 msgid "Replace:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:35 msgid "Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:39 msgid "For all of these menu items you can choose whether to search backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-search.page:40 msgid "If you have a technical background you can also select the option to use Regular expressions for searching." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:5 msgid "Assign your mail accounts to certain folders or recipients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:22 msgid "Send Account Overrides" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:24 msgid "If you use more than one email account, you can define which account should always be used as your sender address:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:26 msgid "When replying to mail in specific folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:27 msgid "When replying to certain email addresses, names, or parts of email addresses or names." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:30 msgid "The checkbox Folder override has precedence over Recipient override defines how Evolution should behave when you reply to a message which matches both a folder and an email address or name which you have defined." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-send-account-overrides.page:34 msgid "These settings are available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSend Account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:5 msgid "Sending to more than one person and using CC or BCC." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:26 msgid "Sending a message to several recipients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:28 msgid "To send a message to more than one person, enter the addresses in the composer by separating them with commas or semicolons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:30 msgid "If you frequently write email to the same groups of people, you can create contact lists to send them mail as though they have a single address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:33 msgid "Recipient types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:34 msgid "Email messages can have three different types of recipients. The simplest way is to put the email address or addresses in the To: text field. The Cc: text field is used for recipients that are meant to receive a copy of your message but are not the primary recipients." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:36 msgid "Addresses in the Bcc: text field are hidden from the other recipients of the message. It can be used to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. If the Bcc: text field is not shown, click ViewBcc Field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:40 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:41 msgid "It is recommended to use the Autocompletion feature of the Evolution address book for entering addresses. By using this you avoid typos and save time." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:45 msgid "Using the buttons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-several-recipients.page:47 msgid "Instead of typing the recipients' names you can also click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the email addresses in your address books. Select the addresses and click the arrow buttons to move them into the appropriate address columns (To:, Cc:, Bcc:)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:7 msgid "On spell checking your mail in the composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:22 msgid "Spell checking" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:27 msgid "Prerequirements" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:28 msgid "To use spell checking for the emails that you write you first need to make sure that the hunspell package for your specific language and the enchant package are installed via the software management tool of your distribution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:31 msgid "You might need to install hunspell and/or enchant to perform these steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:34 msgid "Install hunspell" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:35 msgid "Install enchant" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:42 msgid "Global Preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:44 msgid "Under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingOptions you can define whether your spelling is checked while you type." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:46 msgid "You can also define which installed languages are used for spell checking in the list available under EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesSpell CheckingLanguages or in the email composer via EditCurrent Languages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:50 msgid "Manual spell checking in the composer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-composer-spellcheck.page:51 msgid "If you do not have Checking spelling while I type enabled in the Composer Preferences you can run a spell check in the email composer by clicking EditCheck Spelling… or by pressing F7." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:5 msgid "Writing a new email to send to a recipient." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:23 msgid "Composing a new message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:25 msgid "You can start writing a new email message by clicking FileNewMail Message, by pressing ShiftCtrlM, or by clicking New in the toolbar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:27 msgid "Enter an email address in the To: field. If you want to enter multiple addresses, separate them by commas. See for more information on sending messages to more than one person." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-composer-write-new-message.page:29 msgid "After you have written your message, click Send or press CtrlReturn." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:5 msgid "Make somebody always receive copies of your sent mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:29 msgid "Default CC and BCC" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-default-CC-and-BCC.page:31 msgid "You can set email addresses that should always receive copies of your sent mail (either as CC visible for all recipients, or BCC not visible for other recipients) in the Composing Messages section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditComposing Messages)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:5 msgid "Changing the location of Draft, Sent, Trash and Junk folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:29 msgid "Mail folder locations" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:31 msgid "You can set a different place where to store messages in your Draft folder and Sent folder in the Defaults section of the mail account editor (EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:32 msgid "You can define an Archive Folder for this account to move older messages there. This requires to first set a fallback folder under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralArchive Mail. Selecting MessageArchive in the main window moves the selected message to the specified folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-default-folder-locations.page:33 msgid "For remote account types (accounts such as IMAP) you can also use folders on the mail server for Junk and Trash by selecting the corresponding Use a Real Folder option. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:5 msgid "Deleting, expunging, and undeleting mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:25 msgid "Deleting and undeleting messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:28 msgid "Deleting Messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:30 msgid "To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, or click the Delete button in the toolbar, or press CtrlD, or right-click the message and click Delete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:32 msgid "When you press Delete or click the Trash folder, your mail is not actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. You can see all message marked for deletion in the Trash folder. To show deleted messages, click ViewShow Deleted Messages. You can view the messages stricken off for later deletion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:34 msgid "To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click FolderExpunge or press CtrlE." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:36 msgid "When reading messages in a separate window, the next message will be displayed after you have deleted a message. If you want the window to close instead, run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail browser-close-on-delete-or-junk true" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:41 msgid "Undeleting Messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:43 msgid "You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged yet. To undelete a message, select the message, click EditUndelete message. Note that ViewShow Deleted Messages must be enabled for this to work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-delete-and-undelete.page:45 msgid "If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is not shown anymore in the Trash folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:5 msgid "When letters in an email are not shown correctly or missing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:21 msgid "Character Encodings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:24 msgid "Received mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:26 msgid "If the email application of the sender is broken or misconfigured, plain text emails might not include information about the character encoding used. If you receive such messages, choose ViewCharacter Encoding from the main menu and change the currently chosen character encoding to an appropriate one that might be the encoding used by the sender. You have to make this change every time you view the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:27 msgid "To make this the default setting, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayDefault character encoding." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:34 msgid "In the unlikely event that you would like to change the default character encoding for messages that you send, go to EditPreferencesComposer PreferencesDefault BehaviorCharacter encoding." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-displaying-character-encodings.page:35 msgid "This setting only refers to Plain Text messages as HTML messages always use UTF-8 encoding." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:5 msgid "Display less email recipients of a specific message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:23 msgid "Collapsible Message Headers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:25 msgid "Evolution compresses the To, Cc and Bcc headers of received mail and shows only five addresses in the message preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:27 msgid "To see all recipients, click the <_:media-1/> icon next to the To: or Cc: line, or click the ellipsis (…) at the end of the five displayed addresses." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-collapsible-headers.page:29 msgid "To collapse all of the message headers and just display the subject and sender in one line, click the icon <_:media-1/> next to the From: line. This is helpful on small screens." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:5 msgid "On embedded pictures in received HTML messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:27 msgid "Images in HTML messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:29 msgid "When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:32 msgid "Loading images" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:33 msgid "Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:35 msgid "To load the images for one message, click ViewLoad Images or press CtrlI." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:37 msgid "To set the default action for loading images, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Remote Content." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:41 msgid "Automatically download images in emails from people you know" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:43 msgid "You can download images from emails sent by your contacts. To do this, go to EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML MessagesLoading Images. Enable the Load images only in messages from contacts option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:45 msgid "Next, go to EditPreferencesContactsAutocompletion. Enable autocompletion by ticking the Always show address of the autocompleted contact checkbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:49 msgid "Saving images" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-displaying-images-in-html.page:50 msgid "To save an image that is embedded in an HTML email, right-click on the image and click Save Image…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-displaying-message.page:5 msgid "Rendering an email and handling its attachments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-displaying-message.page:21 msgid "Display of a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-message.page:23 msgid "Emails can be in two formats: Plain text or HTML. Each format has its pros and cons." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-message.page:25 msgid "You can define how received HTML messages are displayed via EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHTML Messages. For example, you can display them as plain text or block loading remote content." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-displaying-message.page:27 msgid "For formatting emails in the composer, see ." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-displaying-message.page:30 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:5 msgid "Display a picture of the sender in the message header area." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:23 msgid "Photograph Message Headers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:26 msgid "Evolution automatically displays photographs of the sender of an email at the right side of the message header if the sender already embedded a photograph in the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:29 msgid "You can also manually enable displaying the photograph of the sender of an email if the sender is in one of your address books and has a photograph stored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:31 msgid "To enable this functionality, select EditPreferencesMail PreferencesHeadersShow the photograph of sender in the message preview." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:33 msgid "If there are multiple matches for a contact, the first one is always used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-displaying-sender-photograph.page:35 msgid "You can also embed your own image in messages that you send under EditPluginsFace. The image has to have a size of 48 x 48 pixels and be in PNG file format." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-display-message-source.page:5 msgid "Displaying the raw source of a message or all header lines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-display-message-source.page:20 msgid "Message Source" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-display-message-source.page:22 msgid "To view the message data, click on ViewMessage Source or press CtrlU. This will display the message data in a new window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-display-message-source.page:24 msgid "To only view the complete headers for a message, click ViewAll Message Headers. This will display the complete header data on the viewing pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-duplicates.page:5 msgid "How to handle duplicated email messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-duplicates.page:24 msgid "Duplicate emails get downloaded" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-duplicates.page:27 msgid "Removing duplicate emails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-duplicates.page:28 msgid "To remove duplicate emails in a folder, select multiple messages (or select all messages in a folder by clicking EditSelect All or pressing CtrlA) and click MessageRemove Duplicate Messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-duplicates.page:33 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-duplicates.page:34 msgid "Downloading duplicate emails may be due to one of the following reasons:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-duplicates.page:36 msgid "There are several copies of the same message in the mailbox" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-duplicates.page:37 msgid "Evolution is having a problem with the UIDL extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-duplicates.page:38 msgid "The cache files located at $HOME/.local/share/evolution/mail/local/ are not writable." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:5 msgid "Signing or encrypting messages that you send via GPG/OpenPGP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:20 msgid "Creating a GPG key" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-create-key.page:24 msgid "Before you can get or send GPG encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG. After doing so and setting up Evolution to use the key, you need to share your public key with your friends to allow them sending you encrypted messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:5 msgid "Decrypting and checking the signature of received GPG messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:23 msgid "Receiving messages encrypted or signed via GPG" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:26 msgid "Decrypting a received message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:27 msgid "If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you can read it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:28 msgid "When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:29 msgid "Senders must have your GPG public key before they can send you an encrypted message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:33 msgid "Checking the signature of a received message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-decrypting.page:34 msgid "To check the sender's signature of a received message, scroll down to the bottom of the message and click the logo. Evolution will display Security Information for the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:5 msgid "Getting and Using GPG Public Keys." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:23 msgid "Getting and using GPG public keys" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-getting-keys.page:25 msgid "To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:5 msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account to sign and/or encrypt and decrypt messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:23 msgid "Setting up GPG for your mail account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:26 msgid "You need a GPG key to do this. If you do not have one yet, please refer to Creating a GPG key." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:29 #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:35 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:30 msgid "Select EditPreferencesMail Accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:30 msgid "Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:31 #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:38 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:33 msgid "Click the Security tab." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:32 msgid "Specify your key ID in the OpenPGP Key ID field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:33 msgid "Below the field you can choose whether to always sign outgoing messages when using this account, and other options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:36 #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:41 msgid "Click Close." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-set-up.page:38 msgid "Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you do not remember it, start Passwords and Keys, go to GnuPG Keys, select the preferred GPG key, right-click on it, select Properties and copy the Key ID. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:5 msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via GPG that you send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:23 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:23 msgid "Signing or encrypting messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:30 msgid "After you have set up your GPG key, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting OptionsPGP Sign or PGP Encrypt from the message composer menu or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:31 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:26 msgid "The Subject line of the message will not be encrypted and should not be used for sensitive information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:33 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:28 msgid "To have every message signed or encrypted:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:36 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:31 msgid "Select the mail account to encrypt the messages in." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:37 #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:32 #: C/mail-filters.page:60 msgid "Click Edit." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-gpg-signing-encrypting.page:39 msgid "Select Always sign outgoing messages when using this account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption.page:5 msgid "Sending and receiving encrypted mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption.page:30 msgid "Mail encryption and certificates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption.page:32 msgid "Evolution offers GPG Encryption and S/MIME Encryption for signing and encrypting email messages. S/MIME is used most often in corporate environments." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-encryption.page:35 msgid "GPG" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-encryption.page:39 msgid "S/MIME" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:5 msgid "Adding, editing, viewing and deleting S/MIME certificates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:23 msgid "Managing S/MIME certificates" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:25 msgid "Certificates allow you to communicate with others securely over an encrypted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. These settings only apply to S/MIME encryption." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:26 msgid "You can import, view, edit (except for your own certificates), and delete your certificates under EditPreferencesCertificates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:28 msgid "If you get the error \"Peer's certificate issuer has been marked as not trusted by the user. (-8172) - Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute\" after adding your mail certificate, go to Authorities and enable Trust this CA to identify email users for the certificate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:30 msgid "Your Certificates displays a list of certificates that you own. To add a signing certificate, click Import, select the file to import, then click Open and enter a password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:31 msgid "Contact Certificates displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-manage.page:32 msgid "Authorities displays a list of trusted certificate authorities that verify that your own certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:5 msgid "Signing or encrypting messages via S/MIME that you send." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:25 msgid "After you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting OptionsS/MIME Sign or S/MIME Encrypt from the message composer menu or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:34 msgid "In the Secure MIME (S/MIME) section, click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path to your signing certificate, or click Select next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your encryption certificate." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-encryption-s-mime-signing-encrypting.page:35 msgid "Select the appropriate options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:5 msgid "Available actions for setting up filtering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:23 msgid "Available Filter actions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:26 msgid "Move to Folder:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:27 msgid "Moves the message into a folder you specify." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:29 msgid "Copy to Folder:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:30 msgid "Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:32 msgid "Delete:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:33 msgid "Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:35 msgid "Stop Processing:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:36 msgid "Select this if you want to all other filters ignore this message. Note that only filters listed after this particular rule will be ignored." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:38 msgid "Set Label:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:39 msgid "Adds a label to a message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:41 msgid "Assign Color:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:42 msgid "Marks the message with a color of your choice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:44 msgid "Assign Score:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:45 msgid "Assigns the message a numeric score." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:47 msgid "Adjust Score:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:48 msgid "Changes the numeric score by the amount you set." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:50 msgid "Set Status:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:51 msgid "Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:53 msgid "Unset Status:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:54 msgid "If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:56 msgid "Beep:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:57 msgid "Makes the system beep." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:59 msgid "Play Sound:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:60 msgid "Select a sound file for Evolution to play." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:62 msgid "Run Program:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:63 msgid "Evolution runs an application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:65 #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:36 msgid "Pipe to Program:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:66 msgid "Sends the message to an application of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:68 msgid "Forward to:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-actions.page:69 msgid "Forwards the message to another email address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:5 msgid "Available conditions for setting up filtering." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:23 msgid "Available Filter conditions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:33 msgid "Source Account:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:34 msgid "Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:37 msgid "Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:39 msgid "Junk Test:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:40 msgid "Filters based on the results of the junk mail test." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:42 #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:36 msgid "Match All:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-conditions.page:43 msgid "Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of message filters to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding filters in the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:5 msgid "Fix problems with mail filters that do not sort and organize mail as expected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:25 msgid "Mail filters are not working" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:28 msgid "Order of Filters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:29 msgid "The order of filters is very important. They are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:30 msgid "If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all messages that match this filter will ignore all succeeding filters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:31 #: C/mail-filters.page:46 msgid "When you move a message to another folder, \"moving\" actually means appending a copy of the message to the destination folder and marking the original message for deletion. So any subsequent filter rules will be applied to the original message that is now marked for deletion. Therefore moving a message should usually appear last in a sequence of filter rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:32 msgid "To check the rules and their order of an existing filter, review its actions in the Then section by editing the filter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:36 msgid "Using Several Mail Clients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:37 msgid "Another thing you have to keep in mind is that filters depend on the \"new\" flag that is set on the server when a particular email message is initially fetched from the server. If you use another email client aside from Evolution, your filters may not work automatically." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:41 msgid "Logging Filter Actions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:42 msgid "If it is still unclear why filters do not work as expected, you can enable logging filter actions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:44 #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:28 msgid "Close Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:45 #: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:24 #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:27 msgid "Open the Terminal application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:46 msgid "Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions true" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:47 msgid "Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-file \"/home/myusername/my-filter-log\" and replace myusername by your username. This will create a text file named my-filter-log in your home directory. Note that the absolute path to the file name must be entered; a syntax like ~ or $HOME will not work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:49 msgid "Fetch mail to apply filters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:50 msgid "Open the file my-filter-log with a text editor to see which filter actions have been applied." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:53 msgid "Note that you can disable filter logging again by using the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail filters-log-actions false" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. (itstool) path: page/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-filters-not-working.page:55 #: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:27 #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:30 msgid "You can also use the dconf-editor application to do this." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-filters.page:5 msgid "Use filter rules to sort your mail automatically into folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-filters.page:23 msgid "Using Filters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-filters.page:25 msgid "Message filters apply actions on messages based on conditions that you have defined. You can define filters for both incoming and outgoing emails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-filters.page:27 msgid "Filters will be automatically applied to incoming messages for local accounts (such as POP). Mail servers for remote accounts (such as IMAP) often already filter mail directly on the server as this is faster. If you want to apply your Evolution filters to remote accounts, you can enable this under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsOptionsApply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-filters.page:29 msgid "To manually apply filters on messages in a folder, select the messages and click MessageApply Filters or press CtrlY." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-filters.page:33 msgid "Creating a Filter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:36 msgid "Click EditMessage Filters, or click MessageCreate and select the criterion the filter will be based on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:37 #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:28 msgid "Click Add." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:38 #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:29 msgid "Enter a name in the Rule name field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:39 #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30 msgid "Define the conditions for the rule. For each condition, you first select which part of the message will be checked and then define the comparison." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:39 msgid "For more information on the available conditions see Available Filter conditions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:40 #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:31 msgid "If you want to define multiple conditions, define under Find items if any or if all conditions have to apply, and click Add Condition and repeat the previous step." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:42 msgid "Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:42 msgid "For more information on the available actions see Available Filter actions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-filters.page:44 msgid "The order of filters is important. Filters are applied to the original message in sequence, like a recipe." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-filters.page:45 msgid "If your first filter has a Stop Processing rule, then all the email messages that match this filter will ignore all the succeeding filters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:49 msgid "If you want to define multiple actions, click Add Action and repeat the previous step. For example, if you want no other existing filters to be applied choose Stop Processing as the second action in the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-filters.page:56 msgid "Editing Filters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:58 #: C/mail-filters.page:68 msgid "Click EditMessage Filters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:59 #: C/mail-filters.page:69 msgid "Select the filter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:61 msgid "Make the desired corrections, then click OK twice." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-filters.page:66 msgid "Deleting Filters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-filters.page:70 msgid "Click Remove." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-folders.page:5 msgid "Use folders to organize your mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-folders.page:29 msgid "Using Folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-folders.page:31 msgid "Evolution, like most mail systems, uses folders to store email messages. You start out with a few mail folders such as the Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts. You can, however, create more folders if required." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-folders.page:34 msgid "Creating A Folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-folders.page:35 msgid "To create a folder:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:37 msgid "Click on Folder and select New. You can also right-click anywhere on the folder list and select the New Folder option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:38 msgid "Specify the name and the location of the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:39 msgid "Click on the Create button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-folders.page:41 msgid "The new folder will be shown in the folder view. You can then move messages into the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-folders.page:44 msgid "The Inbox folders on most IMAP servers cannot contain both messages and subfolders. When creating additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch the folders from the root of the IMAP account and not from the Inbox. Creating subfolders in your Inbox may prevent you from reading messages that exist in the Inbox. If this happens, move the folders to the IMAP account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-folders.page:50 msgid "Moving Messages to Folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-folders.page:51 msgid "You can move messages into folders by using one of the following methods:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:53 msgid "Drag and drop the messages into the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:54 msgid "Right-click on the message and select the Move to Folder option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:55 msgid "Select a message and press ShiftCtrlV." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-folders.page:56 msgid "Select a message and click on MessageMove to Folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-folders.page:59 msgid "The steps for copying are similar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-folders.page:61 msgid "Moving files can be done automatically by setting up filters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:5 msgid "Using flags to remind you of actions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:22 msgid "Follow up flags for emails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:24 msgid "To make sure you do not forget about a message, you can use the follow-up feature." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:26 msgid "Select one or more messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:27 msgid "Right-click one of the messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:28 msgid "Click Mark for Follow Up…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:30 msgid "You can also do this by selecting the message(s) and clicking MessageMark asFollow Up… or by pressing ShiftCtrlG." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:32 msgid "A window opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:34 msgid "The flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about, such as Call, Forward and Reply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:36 msgid "After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message and clicking either Flag Completed or Clear Flag." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:38 msgid "When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you \"Overdue: Call by April 07, 2012, 5:00 PM.\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:40 msgid "Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a search folder that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the search folder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-follow-up-flag.page:42 msgid "If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark as Important, or by selecting MessageMark asImportant from the menubar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:5 msgid "Switch from sending mail via SMTP to Sendmail or vice versa." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:21 msgid "Change the outgoing method for an IMAP+ account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:23 msgid "There is no user interface to change the outgoing method of an IMAP account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:25 msgid "If you used Sendmail so far but now want to use an SMTP connection instead:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:29 msgid "Find and open the corresponding account file in $HOME/.config/evolution/sources/ with a text editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:31 msgid "In the [Mail Transport] section, replace BackendName=sendmail with BackendName=smtp or vice versa." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:33 msgid "Restart the evolution-source-registry background process, for example by rebooting your system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-change-send-method.page:35 msgid "Start Evolution and edit the account SMTP settings for the account as needed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:5 msgid "IMAP folder subscriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:25 msgid "IMAP Subscriptions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:27 msgid "As opening many IMAP folders on the server takes time you can define which IMAP folders to check and display in Evolution, and which ones to ignore for the time being, via the IMAP Subscriptions Manager." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:29 msgid "Select FolderSubscriptions, or right-click on the top level node of an email account in the folder list and click Manage subscriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:30 #: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:30 msgid "If you have accounts on multiple servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:31 msgid "Evolution displays a list of files and folders available on the IMAP server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:32 msgid "Select a file or folder by clicking it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:33 msgid "You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-imap-subscriptions.page:34 msgid "Click a folder's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-labels.page:5 msgid "Use labels to categorize your mail while keeping it in their folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-labels.page:21 msgid "Using Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-labels.page:23 msgid "You can add colored labels to emails in order to categorize them. This is similar to Categories in the other Evolution windows." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-labels.page:25 msgid "You can search for messages with specific labels by using the quick search dropdown. Also, search folders can be created based on labels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-labels.page:28 msgid "Adding a label to a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-labels.page:29 msgid "To assign a label to a message, either choose MessageMark AsLabel and choose the label to apply, or right-click the message, click Label, and choose the label to apply." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-labels.page:30 msgid "You can also quickly add a new label by choosing New Label." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-labels.page:34 msgid "Managing labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-labels.page:35 msgid "You can add, edit and delete all labels under EditPreferencesMail PreferencesLabels. Note that you cannot remove the default labels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-layout-changing.page:5 msgid "Changing the display of the mail window (message list columns and widescreen)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-layout-changing.page:20 msgid "Changing the mail window layout" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:5 msgid "Avoid long subject lines due to translated \"Re:\" prefixes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:19 msgid "Handling localized \"Re:\" in subjects" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:21 msgid "Traditionally a \"Re:\" prefix is added to a subject line when replying to an email. Some email applications use localized terms for this (like \"SV:\" in Danish or \"AW:\" in German). Evolution can recognize these terms to avoid subject lines getting longer as the conversation continues." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-localized-re-subjects.page:25 msgid "Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail composer-localized-re 'AW,SV' (in case that you want \"AW:\" and \"SV:\" to be recognized)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-moving-emails.page:5 msgid "Moving emails from one folder to another." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-moving-emails.page:24 msgid "Moved emails are still shown in the original folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-moving-emails.page:26 msgid "If your IMAP mail server does not yet support IMAP's \"move\" feature which was introduced in January 2013, Evolution \"moves\" messages by copying and deleting emails. Deleting means \"marking messages for deletion\" so all the original messages are retained until you expunge the emails marked for deletion." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-moving-emails.page:28 msgid "See the topic on deleting emails for instructions on how to expunge email messages. Note that this applies to other types of accounts as well." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-not-sent.page:5 msgid "Possible reasons why emails are not sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-not-sent.page:21 msgid "Mail is not sent" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-not-sent.page:23 msgid "There can be several reasons why emails are not sent:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-not-sent.page:26 msgid "Invalid email address. Check if all the addresses listed as mail recipients are correct. If the message contains a wrong or invalid email address, the message will not be sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-not-sent.page:27 msgid "Incorrect SMTP settings. Verify if the settings used for outgoing messages are correct. Using the incorrect server address or authentication method may prevent emails from being sent." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-not-sent.page:28 msgid "Offline status. Evolution may be offline. Check on the Send / Receive button; if it is greyed out, then you are offline. To go online, go to FileWork online. You should now be able to use the Send / Receive button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-organizing.page:5 msgid "On folders, sorting, searching, filters, search folders, and labels." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-organizing.page:21 msgid "Sorting and organizing mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-organizing.page:23 msgid "Evolution provides several options to organize your mail according to your needs." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-organizing.page:26 msgid "Advanced Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-read-receipts.page:5 msgid "How to enable requesting read receipts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-read-receipts.page:34 msgid "Read receipts for emails" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-read-receipts.page:36 msgid "Read receipts are a way for people to acknowledge that they have received your email. The recipient can normally choose whether to acknowledge the receipt or not, so they are not a completely reliable way of checking if your emails have been received by someone." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-read-receipts.page:38 msgid "You can request read receipts by selecting OptionsRequest Read Receipt in the menu of the composer window or clicking the corresponding toolbar icon." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-read-receipts.page:40 msgid "For read receipts that you receive you can define Evolution's behavior under Message Receipts in the Composing Messages section of the account preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-received-notification.page:5 msgid "Options on notifications of newly received mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-received-notification.page:21 msgid "Getting notified of new mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-received-notification.page:23 msgid "Evolution always notifies you of new messages by adding a small emblem to the mailer icon in the window switcher." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/media #. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When #. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to #. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to #. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. #: C/mail-received-notification.page:24 msgctxt "_" msgid "external ref='./figures/new-mail-switcher.png' md5='da6e065ab605a1470729c48d645bcf1a'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: media/p #. Translators: Please make sure that the screenshot does have the small #. yellow star in the Mail icon #: C/mail-received-notification.page:25 msgid "Switcher layout when a new message has arrived" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-received-notification.page:28 msgid "In order to also be notified of new messages in GNOME desktop notifications:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-received-notification.page:31 msgid "Enable Mail Notification." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-received-notification.page:34 msgid "Open the Configuration tab and set your preferred options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-received-notification.page:35 msgid "Open the Accounts tab to select the mail accounts for which you would like to see notifications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-received-notification.page:38 msgid "See the GNOME Desktop Help for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for Exchange Web Services accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:28 #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:32 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:25 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:28 msgid "On the Receiving Email page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Email):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:28 msgid "Enter your username for that server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:29 msgid "Either manually enter the Host URL and OAB URL, or click Fetch URL which will ask you for your password and then try to automatically fill in the values." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:30 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:30 msgid "If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:31 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:31 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:34 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:38 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:34 msgid "Select your authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check for supported authentication mechanisms. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:37 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:41 #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:34 #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:34 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:34 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:45 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:34 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:34 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:41 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:41 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:43 #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:47 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:43 msgid "On the Receiving Options page (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:42 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:44 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:46 #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:50 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:46 msgid "If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, click the Check for new messages every … minutes option and select the frequency in minutes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:43 #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:45 msgid "You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:44 msgid "If you would like to have a copy of the address book on the server for offline access to it, enable Cache offline address book and click Fetch list. Afterwards, select the address book from the available options." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-ews.page:45 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:51 msgid "Select if you want filters to be automatically applied on mail that you receive, if spam should be automatically filtered, and if mail on the server should be synchronized with your local copy for offline access to it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for Exchange MAPI accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:28 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:31 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:35 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:31 msgid "Enter the address of the email server in the Server field and enter your username for that server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:29 msgid "Enter the Domain name for that server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:32 #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32 msgid "Select if you want to use a secure connection (TLS or its deprecated predecessor SSL)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-exchange-mapi.page:33 msgid "Click Authenticate and enter your password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for IMAP+ accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:32 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:36 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:32 msgid "You should enable this option if your server supports it." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:33 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:37 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:33 #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:30 msgid "Free webmail providers often supply information about which of these options can be used. If you are in an organizational environment, you may want to contact your system administrator for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:35 #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:35 msgid "Select if you want Evolution to remember your password." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:47 msgid "Select Use Quick Resync if the IMAP server supports IMAP4 Extensions for Quick Mailbox Resynchronization." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:48 msgid "If the mail server does not allow multiple connections from Evolution to the server at the same time (for example when you have more than one account on that server), set Number of concurrent connections to use to 1." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:49 msgid "You can also define if Evolution checks for new messages in all folders, or only in subscribed folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-imap-plus.page:50 msgid "Select if you want Evolution to show only subscribed folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for Local delivery accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-local-delivery.page:28 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:28 msgid "Choose the file by clicking on the button next to File in the Configuration section. This will open a file chooser window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for Maildir-format mail directories accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:28 #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:28 msgid "Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other.... This will open a directory chooser window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-maildir-format-directories.page:40 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:39 #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:40 msgid "If you want Filters to be automatically used for new messages in your inbox, enable Apply filters to new messages in Inbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-mh-format-directories.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for MH-format mail directories accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options.page:5 msgid "Available mail receiving options for several server types." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-receiving-options.page:18 msgid "Mail Receiving Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-receiving-options.page:21 msgid "Mail receiving options for common server types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-receiving-options.page:24 msgid "Mail receiving options for corporate server types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-receiving-options.page:27 msgid "Mail receiving options for local account server types" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for POP accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:51 msgid "If you want the messages to remain on the server for a period of time, click the Leave messages on server option and the Delete after ... days option and select the number of days to allow messages to remain on the server. Set 0 days to keep messages on the server forever." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-pop.page:52 msgid "The option Disable support for all POP3 extensions is only useful when accessing old or misconfigured mail servers. POP3 extensions provide enhanced functionality, however only some servers support them. In case of problems with receiving mail, enabling this setting might help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool directory accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-directory.page:28 msgid "Choose the directory by clicking on the button next to Path in the Configuration section. Some default folders are available in the list. If the directory is not among those folders, choose the last option Other…. This will open a directory chooser window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-unix-mbox-spool-file.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for standard Unix mbox spool file accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:5 msgid "Receiving options for Usenet news accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:47 msgid "Select if you want to show folders in short notation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:48 msgid "For example, comp.os.linux would appear as c.o.linux." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:49 msgid "Select if you want to show relative folder names in the subscriptions window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-receiving-options-usenet-news.page:50 msgid "If you select to show relative folder names, only the name of the folder is displayed. For example the folder evolution.mail would appear as evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:5 msgid "Ways to update your Evolution folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:20 msgid "Updating/refreshing the folders on the mail server" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:22 msgid "To make sure that your local email folders are updated, go to FolderRefresh. This will ensure that all of your emails have been downloaded from the mail server onto your computer so that you can read them all, and that the read status is synced with the mail server." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-refresh-folders.page:24 msgid "You can also double-click on the folder name to refresh it, or press F5." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:5 msgid "Converting emails into PDF files." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:20 msgid "Save messages as PDF" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:22 msgid "In order to save emails in the PDF file format, select FilePrint and then choose Print to File. See the desktop help for general information on printing." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:25 msgid "You can also export messages as PDF by dragging and dropping them to the file manager, instead of dropping them in mbox (text) format by default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-save-as-pdf.page:28 msgid "Run the command gsettings set org.gnome.evolution.mail drag-and-drop-save-file-format 'pdf'" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:5 msgid "Setting up a search folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:23 msgid "Creating A Search Folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:26 #: C/mail-search-folders.page:30 msgid "If you have not utilized search folders before, enable EditPreferencesMail AccountsSearch Folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:27 msgid "Click EditSearch Folders, or click MessageCreate Rule and select the criterion the search folder will be based on, or if you have run a search, click SearchCreate Search Folder From Search…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:30 msgid "For more information on the available conditions see Available Search Folder conditions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:32 msgid "Select which folders will be used for the search folder in the section Search Folder Sources. Options are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:34 msgid "All local folders:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:35 msgid "Uses all local folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:37 msgid "All active remote folders:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:38 msgid "Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the search folder to include any messages from that source in addition to individual folders that are selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:40 msgid "All local and active remote folders:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:41 msgid "Uses all local and active remote folders for the search folder source in addition to individual folders that are selected." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:43 msgid "Specific folders only:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-add.page:44 msgid "Uses individual folders for the search folder source. In this case, click the Add to select folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:5 msgid "Available conditions for setting up search folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:23 msgid "Available Search folder conditions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:33 msgid "Message Location:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34 msgid "Checks whether the message is located in a specific folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:34 msgid "Note that by default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders so they cannot be selected here." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-search-folders-conditions.page:37 msgid "Applies an action always to any message, without further conditions. This could be useful at the end of the list of search folders to cover those emails that did not match any conditions for the preceding search folders in the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-search-folders.page:5 msgid "Use search folders to see messages in one folder while still keeping them in their original folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-search-folders.page:22 msgid "Using Search folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:24 msgid "If filters are not flexible enough, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a search folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:26 msgid "A search folder looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. While a conventional folder actually contains messages, a search folder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria that you have chosen when setting up the search folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:28 msgid "Search folders are displayed at the bottom of the mail folder list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:32 msgid "Evolution automatically updates the search folder contents when new messages are received or messages are deleted. You can also manually update the search folder either by switching to another folder and then back again, or by right-clicking on the search folder and choosing Refresh." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:34 msgid "The Unmatched search folder is the opposite of other search folders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other search folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:36 msgid "If you use remote email storage like IMAP, and have created search folders to search through them, the Unmatched search folder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any search folders that search remote mail stores, the Unmatched search folder does not search in them either." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-search-folders.page:38 msgid "If you need to find out which physical folder a message displayed in a Search Folder is located in, add the Location column to the message list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:5 msgid "Unfortunately this is not possible." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:21 msgid "Searching for emails with a specific attachment type" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-searching-attachment-type.page:23 msgid "There currently is no way to do search for emails with a specific type of attachment (for example searching for all emails that have a PDF attachment)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-searching.page:5 msgid "Searching messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-searching.page:28 msgid "Searching Mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-searching.page:31 msgid "Searching in a Single Message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:32 msgid "To find text in the displayed message, select EditFind in Message… from the main menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-searching.page:36 msgid "Searching Across Messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:40 msgid "In the mail view, you can quickly search for messages by defining conditions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-searching.page:42 msgid "Click on the search icon <_:media-1/> to expand the drop-down list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-searching.page:44 msgid "Some searches might be slow on remote mail accounts (e.g. IMAP+). If you select a search condition like Body contains or Message contains and Evolution is in online mode and the folder(s) you are about to search in are not already copied locally for offline usage, Evolution automatically runs the search on the mail server side if the server advertises support for server-side searches. When doing a search on search criteria already locally available (e.g. recipients or subject of messages), the search will be run locally." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-searching.page:46 msgid "Select the scope from the drop-down list right to the text box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-searching.page:47 msgid "For the Current Account scope, the term \"account\" refers to top-level nodes in the mail folder list, like \"On this computer\" and remote mail accounts." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-searching.page:52 msgid "If you start directly from the fourth step, text will be searched in mail's subjects and addresses and scope will be \"Current folder\"." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-searching.page:53 msgid "If you search for messages that are not in the same folder rather often you might want to create a search folder instead; see Using Search Folders for more detail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-searching.page:64 msgid "Free Form Expression" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:65 msgid "One of the search conditions is a Free Form Expression, which allows defining complex conditions. As the first step, the given Free Form Expression is divided into words. If the word doesn't have any (known) tag prefix, then the value is checked whether it is in headers To, CC or Subject. In case of a white-space or any other special character is needed, then enclose the word into double quotes. To get a double quote double it inside quoted text; example: cite \"\"here\"\" is parsed as one word cite \"here\". For example, f:John Smith filters messages for the From containing John and the To, CC or Subject containing Smith, while f:\"John Smith\" filters messages for a sender John Smith." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:66 msgid "The syntax of the tags is <tag>[-<options>]:value. The tags are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:68 msgid "Tag" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:68 #: C/mail-searching.page:100 msgid "Abbreviation" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:68 #: C/mail-searching.page:100 #: C/mail-searching.page:124 msgid "Meaning" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: 'From' is a header name, do not translate it #: C/mail-searching.page:69 msgid "From header should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: 'To' is a header name, do not translate it #: C/mail-searching.page:70 msgid "To header should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: 'CC' is a header name, do not translate it #: C/mail-searching.page:71 msgid "CC header should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: 'To' and 'CC' are the header names, do not translate it #: C/mail-searching.page:72 msgid "To or CC headers should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: 'Subject' is a header name, do not translate it #: C/mail-searching.page:73 msgid "Subject header should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:74 msgid "Mailing list header should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:75 msgid "given header should match (*)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:76 msgid "the syntax is: h:headerName=value while the equal sign is used only as a delimiter, not as a match rule" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:77 msgid "whether given header exists" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:78 msgid "given user tag is set on a message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:79 msgid "whether certain flag is set; known special values are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: This is translated in a 'ffe' context #: C/mail-searching.page:80 msgid "Answered - the message is marked as replied" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: This is translated in a 'ffe' context #: C/mail-searching.page:81 msgid "Deleted - the message is marked as deleted" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: This is translated in a 'ffe' context #: C/mail-searching.page:82 msgid "Draft - the message is marked as draft" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: This is translated in a 'ffe' context #: C/mail-searching.page:83 msgid "Flagged - the message is marked as important" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: This is translated in a 'ffe' context #: C/mail-searching.page:84 msgid "Seen - the message is marked as seen (not unread)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #. Translators: This is translated in a 'ffe' context #: C/mail-searching.page:85 msgid "Attachment - the message has an attachment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:86 msgid "Any other value is checked for its non-emptiness." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:87 msgid "whether certain label is set on the message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:88 msgid "whether message size, in KB, is equal to the given value" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:89 msgid "Two options are recognized, < to get messages with smaller size, and > to get messages with bigger size than the given. Example: size->:1024 filters messages which are more than 1MB large." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:90 msgid "compares score tag on the message against given value; default compare is equal, but, similar to size a < and > options can be used" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:91 msgid "checks message body for an existence of the given word; default compare options is for contains, but a regular expression can be used if the option is one of the regex, re or r." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:92 msgid "message's Sent date should match (**)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:93 msgid "message's Received date should match (**)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:94 msgid "message has (if the value is not any of no, false, 0) an attachment. Similar to flag:attachment tag." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:95 msgid "Checks message location. The location value (URL) can be found in the folder Properties. Example: location:\"On This Computer/Inbox\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:96 msgid "Compares message ID." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:98 msgid "(*) Header comparisons can have a matching type option. The default is to check for a contains. The available options are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:100 msgid "Option" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:101 msgid "matches with contains" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:102 msgid "matches if contains whole word" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:103 msgid "value's exact match" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:104 msgid "header value starts with the given value" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:105 msgid "header value ends with the given value" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:106 msgid "header value sounds similar to given value" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:107 msgid "the given value is a regular expression" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:108 msgid "another type of a regular expression" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:110 msgid "(**) Dates can be written relatively (positive number means in the last X days), while negative goes into the future. For example, to get messages received in the last 10 days use: recv:10. An exact date can be used as well, the format can be either YYYY-MM-DD (the preferred one), then ISO 8601 format or a date/date-time locale specific format. If the date/time parse fails, then the condition is skipped. The date compares can have extra options too, it's <, = or >, where the > is the default compare option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:111 msgid "There are three special tags, which require special notation. They are:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:117 msgid "which allows to create specialized expressions. The default (the most outer) conjunction is and. To change it to or enclose the whole filter into or:(....). For example: f:Bugzilla t:John filters all messages which contains Bugzilla in the From and John in the To, while or:(f:Bugzilla t:John) filters messages from Bugzilla or addressed to John." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-searching.page:121 msgid "Free Form Expression examples" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-searching.page:122 msgid "A list of some free form expressions follows:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:124 msgid "Expression" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:125 msgid "f:John" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:125 msgid "Messages from John" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:126 msgid "s-has-words:\"green blue\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:126 msgid "Messages, which contain both green and blue words in the Subject" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:127 msgid "r-ew:example.com" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:127 msgid "Recipients' address (To/Cc headers) ends with example.com" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:128 msgid "h-starts-with:Cc=Alice" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:128 msgid "The Cc starts with word Alice" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:129 msgid "e:X-Secret-Header" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:129 msgid "An X-Secret-Header exists in the message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:130 msgid "l:work" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:130 msgid "Label work is set on the message" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:131 msgid "sz-<:10" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:131 msgid "Message size is less than 10KB" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:132 msgid "sz->:100" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:132 msgid "Message size is more than 100KB" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:133 msgid "b:important" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:133 msgid "The body contains a word important" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:134 msgid "sent:7" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:134 msgid "Messages sent in the last 7 days" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:135 msgid "rcv-=:2020-02-02" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:135 msgid "Messages received on the February 2nd, 2020" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:136 msgid "a:1" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:136 msgid "Messages with attachment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:137 msgid "a:0" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:137 msgid "Messages without attachments" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:138 msgid "and:(or:(r:Alice r:Bob) not:(r:Smith))" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:138 msgid "Messages whose recipient is Alice or Bob, but not Smith" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:139 msgid "f:Bob rcv->:2020-01-01 rcv-<:2020-12-31" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:139 msgid "Messages from Bob, received during the year 2020" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:140 msgid "not:(flag:Seen) f:Bob rcv->:2020-01-01 rcv-<:2020-12-31" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:140 msgid "Unread messages from Bob, received during the year 2020" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:141 msgid "flag:Seen a:1 sz->:1024 f:Bob rcv:31" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:141 msgid "Read messages with attachment larger than 1MB from Bob, received during the past 31 days" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:142 msgid "m:\"On This Computer/Inbox\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:142 msgid "Messages stored in the On This Computer/Inbox folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:143 msgid "location-no:\"On This Computer/Inbox\"" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: td/p #: C/mail-searching.page:143 msgid "Messages stored in all but the On This Computer/Inbox folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:5 msgid "Check automatically and regularly for new received mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:20 msgid "Automatically check for new mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:21 msgid "If you want Evolution to check automatically for new messages, enable the option Check for new messages every … minutes in the Receiving Options page of the mail account settings (accessible via EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving Options) and select the frequency in minutes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-send-and-receive-automatically.page:23 msgid "Evolution supports IMAP IDLE on the currently selected folder and partially supports the IMAP NOTIFY extension." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:5 msgid "Force sending and receiving emails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:20 msgid "Manually send and receive messages" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:21 msgid "To receive new messages from the mail server and to send messages you have written that are in the local Outbox, click the Send / Receive button in the toolbar, or press F12, or choose FileSend / Receive from the main menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:22 msgid "To send and receive only for one of your mail accounts, or to only send or only receive, click the small down-arrow next to the Send / Receive button and choose the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-send-and-receive-manual.page:23 msgid "If you just want to send messages which are in your Outbox, you can right-click on the Outbox and click Flush Outbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:5 msgid "On receiving mail and sending written emails." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:20 msgid "Sending and receiving mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-send-and-receive.page:22 msgid "This section refers to receiving mail and sending written emails. For writing a new message, please refer to the Composing mail section." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:5 msgid "Sending options for SMTP." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:29 msgid "Enter the address of your mail server for sending mail in the Server field and select if the server requires authentication (entering a username and a password)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:32 msgid "If the server requires authentication, you need to provide the following information:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sending-options-smtp.page:34 msgid "Select the authentication type in the Authentication list, or click Check for Supported Types to have Evolution check. Some servers do not support this, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:5 msgid "How to split and sort mail when using more than one local account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:22 msgid "Separating POP mail for more than one account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:24 msgid "It is not possible to have separate accounts in the accounts and folder list pane. Evolution only has one unique inbox for incoming email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-several-pop-accounts.page:25 msgid "You can either use IMAP instead of POP, or move incoming emails into different folders by creating folders and creating filters: Create a new folder and create two subfolders (for incoming and for sent mail of that account). Now set up an incoming filter via EditMessage Filters…Add to move incoming mail to the incoming folder by filtering on the recipient's address and set up an outgoing filter to move outgoing mail to the sent folder by filtering on the sender's address." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:5 msgid "Sorting the mail folder list in the left pane." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:22 msgid "Sorting the mail folder list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:25 msgid "Default sort order" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:26 msgid "By default the mail folder list in the left pane contains top-level nodes in the following order:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:28 msgid "On This Computer - contains all mail for local account types (if configured)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:29 msgid "One or more remote email account types (if configured)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:30 msgid "Search Folders (if enabled)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:32 msgid "The folders under each top-level node are sorted in alphabetical order." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:36 msgid "Changing the sort order" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:39 msgid "You can change the default sort order of the top-level nodes under EditPreferencesMail Accounts by dragging an account in the list up or down." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:41 msgid "You can revert your custom sort order by choosing EditPreferencesMail AccountsRestore Default." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-folder-list.page:44 msgid "You can change the sort order of folders under FolderEdit Sort Order…." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:5 msgid "Sorting the message list of a mail folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:28 msgid "Sorting the message list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:30 msgid "Evolution lets you organize your emails by letting you sort messages in the message list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:33 msgid "Sorting Mail in Email Threads" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:34 msgid "You can use a threaded message view to sort emails. To enable this feature, click on ViewGroup By Threads or press CtrlT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:35 msgid "This feature, when enabled, groups replies with the original email and allows you to follow the flow of the conversation from one message to the next." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:36 msgid "Evolution recognizes <_:code-1/> and <_:code-2/> mail headers. In addition, you can enable EditPreferencesMail PreferencesGeneralMessage DisplayFall back to threading messages by subject." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:37 msgid "When a new message arrives, it will be added below the parent message. Threads are sorted and displayed based on the date of the most recent message received." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:38 msgid "Advanced users can change further thread settings by running commands in the Terminal application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:41 msgid "To sort each thread by latest message rather than by message date:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:45 msgid "To use ascending sort order of child messages in a thread rather than the sort order as in the thread root level:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:49 msgid "To collapse all threads by default rather than expanding them:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:57 msgid "Sorting Mail with Column Headers" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:58 msgid "The message list displays columns that indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important the message is, the sender, date, and the subject. To change the columns used in the message list, you can do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:60 msgid "Drag and drop the column header bars" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:61 msgid "Right-click on the header." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:62 msgid "Select the Remove This Column or Add a Column option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65 msgid "Evolution allows you to sort your messages using these columns. Just click on the column label to sort the emails. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:65 msgid "You can apply a secondary sort criterion by clicking a column label while pressing Ctrl." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:72 msgid "Using Other Sorting Options" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:73 msgid "Evolution provides other ways for sorting email messages. You can use Sort By, Sort Ascending, Sort Descending, or Reset sort." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:75 msgid "Sort By" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:76 msgid "You can also sort email messages using the Sort By list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:78 #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:108 #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:117 #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:126 msgid "Right-click on the message list column headers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79 msgid "Select the Sort By option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:79 msgid "This brings up this list of criteria for sorting email messages:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:81 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:82 msgid "Labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:83 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:84 msgid "Sender" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:85 msgid "Location" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:86 msgid "Due By" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:87 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:88 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:89 msgid "Size" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:90 msgid "To" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:91 msgid "Received" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:92 msgid "Date" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:93 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:94 msgid "From" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:95 msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:96 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:97 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:98 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:101 msgid "Select the option you wish to use in sorting email messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:106 msgid "Sort Ascending" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:109 msgid "Select the Sort Ascending option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:111 msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the bottom." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:115 msgid "Sort Descending" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:118 msgid "Select the Sort Descending option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:120 msgid "The messages will be displayed with the most recent at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:124 msgid "Reset sort" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:127 msgid "Select the Reset sort option." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-sorting-message-list.page:129 msgid "This removes sorting from the column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-spam-marking.page:5 msgid "How to mark unwanted junk and spam mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-spam-marking.page:30 msgid "Marking Mail as Junk" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-spam-marking.page:32 msgid "While SpamAssassin comes with a set of predefined rules, Bogofilter needs to be taught first before it will automatically filter junk mail. If you only train Bogofilter on bad messages, it will assume all mail is bad (because it does not know any difference) hence it will not make any decisions until the database is sufficiently large to determine what is and is not spam. In any case, when you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk mail folder frequently to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-spam-marking.page:35 msgid "Manually Marking Junk Mail" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-marking.page:36 msgid "If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click Mark as Junk, or mark the message and press CtrlJ or click the Junk button in the tool bar. When you correct it, the filter can recognize similar messages in the future, and becomes more accurate as time goes on." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-marking.page:37 msgid "If legitimate mail is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk or pressing ShiftCtrlJ, or mark the message and click the Not Junk button." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-spam.page:5 msgid "How to automatically handle unwanted mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-spam.page:20 msgid "Junk and Spam Mail Handling" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:7 msgid "How to set up handling unwanted junk/spam mail." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:36 msgid "Junk Mail Settings" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:39 msgid "Tools" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:40 msgid "Evolution lets you check for unwanted junk or spam email by using the Bogofilter or SpamAssassin tools. To use these tools, you need to make sure that they are installed via the software management tool of your distribution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:43 msgid "You might need to install Bogofilter or SpamAssassin to perform these steps." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:46 msgid "Install bogofilter" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: when/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:47 msgid "Install spamassassin" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:52 msgid "SpamAssassin works through a set of predefined rules, hence it can determine spam straight away. Bogofilter does not come with a default set of spam criteria so it will not automatically filter anything after installing it. You must train it first to make it work. You can modify the actions of SpamAssassin by training it as well." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:56 msgid "Junk Mail Folder" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:57 msgid "Messages that are marked as junk (either manually by the user or automatically via SpamAssassin or Bogofilter) will be moved to the Junk mail folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:58 msgid "The exact location depends on your junk folder setting." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:62 msgid "Junk Mail Preferences" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:63 msgid "You can modify how Evolution handles junk mail by changing the Junk Mail Preferences:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:65 msgid "Click EditPreferences or press ShiftCtrlS." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:66 msgid "Select Mail Preferences." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:67 msgid "Click on the Junk tab. Here, you can specify the following global settings that are applied to all mail accounts:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:69 msgid "Checking incoming messages for junk. This is a global setting: If it is not enabled, enabling junk mail options for a specific account (see below) will not have any effect." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:70 msgid "Deleting junk messages upon exit, and how often junk messages are to be deleted." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:71 msgid "Marking messages as not junk if the sender is in the address book." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:72 msgid "Checking custom mail headers (added by your mail server) for junk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:75 msgid "Junk settings for a specific mail account (available for all account types except for POP accounts which use the global setting) can be set under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditReceiving OptionsCheck new messages for Junk contents." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-spam-settings.page:78 msgid "For more information and specific Bogofilter or SpamAssassin configuration questions it is recommended to check out the Frequently Asked Questions for Bogofilter resp. SpamAssassin." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:5 msgid "How to have only one trash or junk folder per account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:25 msgid "Two Trash or Junk folders shown for the same account" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:27 msgid "If you use a remote mail account that also has Junk and/or Trash folders on the server you might face duplicated folders in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:28 msgid "You can easily tell the two Trash folders apart by looking at their icons. The Evolution Trash folder has a special icon whereas the other physical Trash folder looks like any other folder." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:30 msgid "By default, Evolution's Trash and Junk folders are Search folders. They do not really exist but simply display all the messages that are marked as junk or for deletion in any folders of that account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-two-trash-folders.page:32 msgid "In order to only use the folders for Junk and Trash on the mail server, select the corresponding Use a Real Folder option under EditPreferencesMail AccountsEditDefaults. In this case, Evolution's local virtual folders will not be used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:5 msgid "Subscribing to Usenet newsgroups." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:25 msgid "Newsgroups Subscriptions" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:27 msgid "When you create a newsgroup account, you are not subscribed to any groups. To subscribe to a newsgroup:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:29 msgid "Select FolderSubscriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-usenet-subscriptions.page:31 msgid "Click a group's checkbox to add a folder to your subscriptions." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-vertical-view.page:5 msgid "Changing the mail view for widescreen displays." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-vertical-view.page:22 msgid "Vertical view" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-vertical-view.page:24 msgid "Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-vertical-view.page:26 msgid "To switch to vertical view, click ViewPreviewVertical View." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-vertical-view.page:28 msgid "In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-vertical-view.page:30 msgid "To switch back to classical view, click ViewPreviewClassical View." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-word-wrap.page:5 msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-word-wrap.page:20 msgid "Words are wrapped in outgoing mail at 72 characters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-word-wrap.page:22 msgid "For better readability lines are wrapped after 72 characters. This value is hardcoded and cannot be changed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-word-wrap.page:23 msgid "To avoid line breaks within a paragraph, mark the paragraph and choose FormatParagraph StylePreformatted in the mail composer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/mail-working-offline.page:5 msgid "Work with your mail while not being connected to the network." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/mail-working-offline.page:23 msgid "Working Offline" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:25 msgid "Evolution can keep a local copy of folders located on remote mail systems like IMAP or Exchange, to allow you to read messages." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:27 #: C/offline.page:39 msgid "Evolution's forced offline mode only refers to mail and does not apply to contacts and calendars." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:29 msgid "POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but for remote accounts usually just the headers are downloaded. The rest, such as the body of a message, is downloaded only when you want to read the message. Before you force Evolution to be offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:33 msgid "The Receiving Options of remote accounts offer an option to Synchronize remote mail locally in all folders which is applied to all folders of that account." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:34 msgid "To avoid downloading large amounts of data, you can also disable synchronizing messages which are older than a certain time period." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-working-offline.page:38 msgid "Marking folders for offline usage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:39 msgid "If you do not have Synchronize remote mail locally in all folders for the account enabled, you can synchronize individual folders." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:40 msgid "To mark a mail folder for offline use," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:42 msgid "Right-click the folder, then click Properties." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:43 msgid "Click Copy folder content locally for offline operation." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-working-offline.page:48 msgid "Syncing messages for offline usage" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:49 msgid "Your connection status is shown by an icon in the status bar of the main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you force offline mode via clicking the icon or via FileWork Offline, the cables separate. You can either go offline immediately or synchronize remote folders with your local copy before you go offline." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:50 msgid "To synchronize folders without going offline immediately, select FileDownload Messages for Offline Usage." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/mail-working-offline.page:54 msgid "Automatic Network State Handling" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/mail-working-offline.page:55 msgid "Evolution automatically understands the network state and acts accordingly. For instance, Evolution switches to offline mode when the network goes down and automatically switches on when the network is up again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/memos-searching.page:5 msgid "Searching memos." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/memos-searching.page:28 msgid "Searching Memos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/memos-searching.page:31 msgid "Searching in a Single Memo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/memos-searching.page:32 msgid "To find text in the displayed memo, select EditFind in Memo… from the main menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/memos-searching.page:36 msgid "Searching Across Memos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/memos-searching.page:40 msgid "In the Memos view, you can quickly search for memos either by summary or by category." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:5 msgid "Adding a memo to your memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:23 msgid "Adding a Memo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:26 msgid "Click FileNewMemo, or press ShiftCtrlO." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:27 msgid "Select a memo list in the List dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:28 msgid "Enter the memo information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:32 msgid "If you just want to quickly add a memo by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of memos." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:34 msgid "You can also define a category, or a classification for the memo, or add an attachment." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:37 msgid "Shared Memos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:39 msgid "Shared Memos are like mail messages except they are scheduled for a particular day and appear on the calendar for that date. You can use shared memos to show vacations, holidays, pay days, birthdays, and so on. Posted shared memos are placed in your Calendar on the date you specify. They are not placed in your Mailbox or in any other user's Mailbox." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:41 msgid "To send a Shared Memo," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:43 msgid "Click FileNewShared Memo, or press ShiftCtrlH." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:44 msgid "Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:45 msgid "In the To field, type a username, then press Enter. Repeat this for additional users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:46 msgid "Select the task list (under List) in which you would like to create the entry." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-add-memo.page:48 msgid "In the Start Date field, type the date this shared memo should appear in the recipients' calendars." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:5 msgid "Deleting a memo from your memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:20 msgid "Deleting a Memo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/memos-usage-delete-memo.page:22 msgid "If you want to delete a memo in your memo lists, right-click on the memo and select Delete, or click on the memo and click Delete in the tool bar, or click EditDelete Memo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:5 msgid "Editing a memo in your memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:20 msgid "Editing a Memo" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:22 msgid "If you want to change a memo that already exists in your memo lists," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:25 msgid "Double-click on the memo that you want to edit in the list of memos, or right-click on the memo and click Open Memo." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/memos-usage-edit-memo.page:26 msgid "Edit the memo information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/memos-usage.page:5 msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting memos." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/memos-usage.page:20 msgid "Add, Edit and Delete Memos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/memos-usage.page:22 msgid "Currently there is no support for syncing memos with the Tomboy or Gnote applications." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/offline.page:5 msgid "Make Evolution mail be online again." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/offline.page:27 msgid "Why is Evolution's mail component offline?" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/offline.page:28 msgid "You may have started Evolution with the --offline commandline option to enforce offline mode." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/offline.page:30 msgid "If this is not the case and Evolution normally works but has suddenly stopped connecting to your mail accounts, you may have unintentionally clicked on the connection icon in the lower left corner. When connected, the icon resembles a pair of sockets joined together. If the sockets are open, there is no connection to your mail accounts (and the Send/Receive button is grayed out). Click on the icon to change its state." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/offline.page:32 msgid "If the problem persists and you are sure you have not clicked the icon, but you can still reach the network from other apps on your system (browsers, FTP, SSH, ping etc.) it may be that your network connection is not properly configured. For more information please take a look at the Desktop help or seek help from your distribution support forums, mailing lists etc." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/offline.page:34 msgid "If you want to force Evolution to be in online mode, make sure that Evolution is not running and open a Terminal window and type the following command:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/organizing.page:5 msgid "On organizing and finding your data in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/organizing.page:18 msgid "Sorting and organizing" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:5 msgid "How to provide good information when tracking down a problem." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:21 msgid "How to track down a problem" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:23 msgid "As a first hint, error messages will be either displayed in the statusbar or between the tool bar and the search bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:25 msgid "To further track down a problem, some debug options are listed on the Evolution project website." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-debug-how-to.page:27 msgid "To contact the Evolution community for help, please see How to get help." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/problems-getting-help.page:5 msgid "How to get help for problems." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/problems-getting-help.page:22 msgid "How to get help" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-getting-help.page:24 msgid "To receive help on problems you can send an email to the Evolution mailing list, open a thread on GNOME Discourse with the evolution tag or talk to developers and other users in the IRC chat channel #evolution on the server irc.gimp.net. To connect to an IRC server you can for example use the application Polari." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:5 msgid "How to report mistakes in the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:21 msgid "How to report bugs" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23 msgid "If you do not need help for configuration but you are sure that you have found a mistake or wrong behavior in the Evolution software, or if you want to request a feature, you can file a report in the GNOME bug tracking system. Note that this requires registration first. Please try to avoid filing duplicates and check the bug writing guidelines first." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:23 msgid "Also note that GNOME distributions sometimes introduce their own changes in Evolution that are not included in GNOME Evolution. This is hard to recognize for users but if you are aware of it please file a bug report in the bug tracker of your GNOME distribution instead." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/problems-reporting-bugs.page:25 msgid "When reporting bugs exact information is welcome as it makes it easier for others to reproduce and fix the issue. If possible please include information such as the Evolution version (under HelpAbout), your distribution, and exact steps to reproduce the problem, click by click. See the Bug Writing Guidelines for more information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/searching-items.page:5 msgid "Searching content and data within Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/searching-items.page:18 msgid "Searching items" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:16 msgid "How to make Evolution show a specific window or folder when starting the application." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:21 msgid "Define what to display when starting Evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:23 msgid "When Evolution starts, it remembers the last view that you used." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:25 msgid "To make Evolution display something else after starting the application, you will have to run the application from the Terminal application and pass corresponding parameters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:30 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate 'component' here! #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:32 msgid "To start Evolution in a specific view, pass the \"component\" parameter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:35 #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:52 #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:66 msgid "Examples:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:46 msgid "Mail folders" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate 'folder' here! #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:49 msgid "To make Evolution open a specific mail folder, pass the \"folder\" parameter." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:61 msgid "Mail composer" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #. TO TRANSLATORS: Do NOT translate 'folder' here! #: C/start-command-line-parameters.page:63 msgid "To make Evolution open a mail composer window with some predefined values and content:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:5 msgid "Synchronize Evolution data with handheld devices and mobile phones." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:19 msgid "Synchronize Evolution with other devices" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:21 msgid "There are currently no \"recommended instructions\" for users." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:23 msgid "Many distributions provide the application SyncEvolution that can be used in combination with devices that support SyncML." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:25 msgid "In general it is recommended to use applications and devices that both support the ActiveSync protocol (such as SyncEvolution). A list of collaborative software is available on Wikipedia." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/sync-with-other-devices.page:27 msgid "If you can provide good practices or more information on this topic feel free to file a bug report in GNOME's bug tracking system." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-caldav.page:5 msgid "Using an online CalDAV task list or memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-caldav.page:20 msgid "Using a CalDAV task or memo list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-caldav.page:22 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:24 msgid "To add such a task list or memo list to Evolution, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-caldav.page:24 #: C/tasks-local.page:24 #: C/tasks-webdav.page:26 msgid "Click FileNewTask List or FileNewMemo List." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-caldav.page:27 msgid "To discover the task lists or memo lists, announced by the server, enter the server address as URL and optionally User, then click on Find Task Lists/Find Memo Lists. Select a task or memo list and User mail. This prefills the fields Name, Color, URL and (see below) Email. The step is optional, and you can overwrite all the discovered settings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-caldav.page:34 msgid "Enter your username and email address. When an assigned task is created in the task list, this email address is prefilled as Organizer." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-caldav.page:36 msgid "When an assigned task is created, modified or deleted, a notification can be sent to the other parties. If Server handles meeting invitations is selected, Evolution uploads the task and assumes that the server informs other parties. When the option is not selected, Evolution sends an email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-caldav.page:43 #: C/tasks-local.page:31 msgid "The task list will be added to the list of task lists in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:5 msgid "Options for displaying task completion and due dates." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:23 msgid "Displaying of tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:27 msgid "The following task-related options are available under EditPreferencesCalendar and TasksTasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:30 msgid "Tasks due today:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:31 msgid "Select the color for tasks due today." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:32 msgid "Overdue tasks:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:33 msgid "Select the color for overdue tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:34 msgid "Hide completed tasks after:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-display-settings.page:35 msgid "Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you do not select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-local.page:5 msgid "Adding another local task or memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-local.page:20 msgid "Adding another local task or memo list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-local.page:22 msgid "To add another local task list to Evolution, perform the following steps:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-organizing.page:5 msgid "On task and memo lists, searching, and categories." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-organizing.page:21 msgid "Sorting and organizing tasks and memos" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-searching.page:5 msgid "Searching tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-searching.page:28 msgid "Searching Tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tasks-searching.page:31 msgid "Searching in a Single Task" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tasks-searching.page:32 msgid "To find text in the displayed task, select EditFind in Task… from the main menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tasks-searching.page:36 msgid "Searching Across Tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tasks-searching.page:40 msgid "In the Tasks view, you can quickly search for tasks either by summary or by category." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:5 msgid "Adding a task to your task list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:23 msgid "Adding a Task" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:26 msgid "Click FileNewTask, or press ShiftCtrlT." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:27 msgid "Select a task list in the List dropdown list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:28 msgid "Enter the task information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:32 msgid "If you just want to quickly add a task by entering a summary you can directly enter it in the list of tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:34 msgid "You can also define a time zone, a category, or a classification (via the drop-down menu) for the task, or add an attachment or set a reminder (via the corresponding tabs)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:37 msgid "Assigned Tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:39 msgid "Evolution can be used to assign a task to multiple people." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:40 msgid "When you assign a task, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as \"chair\" or \"required\". When you save the task, each attendee is sent an email with the task information, which also gives them the option to respond." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:41 msgid "This is similar to meetings." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/tasks-usage-add-task.page:42 msgid "To create an assigned task, click FileNewAssigned Task." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:5 msgid "Deleting a task from your task list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:20 msgid "Deleting a Task" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-usage-delete-task.page:22 msgid "If you want to delete a task in your task lists, right-click on the task and select Delete, or click on the task and click Delete in the tool bar or press CtrlD, or click EditDelete Task." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:5 msgid "Editing a task in your task list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:20 msgid "Editing a Task" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:22 msgid "If you want to change a task that already exists in your task lists," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:25 msgid "Double-click on the task that you want to edit in the list of tasks, or right-click on the task and click Open Task." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-usage-edit-task.page:26 msgid "Edit the task information." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-usage.page:5 msgid "On adding, editing, and deleting tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-usage.page:20 msgid "Add, Edit, and Delete Tasks" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:5 msgid "Adding and using more than one task list or memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:20 msgid "Using several task lists or memo lists" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:22 msgid "You can have multiple task or memo lists and choose which of your lists get displayed. For example, you might have tasks for work, tasks for home, and tasks for the singing club of which you are a member. The sidebar shows these lists, and you can select or deselect any of the boxes next to them to show and hide the corresponding tasks or memos in your view." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:24 msgid "Tasks and memos from each task or memo list appear in a different color." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:26 msgid "You can also use lists that are not on your computer, such as on the internet." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-using-several-tasklists.page:27 msgid "New tasks are created in the selected task list in the Tasks window. If no list is selected, new tasks are created in the default task list. Likewise for memos." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/tasks-webdav.page:5 msgid "Using an online HTTP task list or memo list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/tasks-webdav.page:20 msgid "Using a HTTP task or memo list" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-webdav.page:22 msgid "Lists of this type are read-only." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/tasks-webdav.page:30 msgid "Choose if you want to be able to view the content also while offline." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/tasks-webdav.page:37 msgid "The list will be added in Evolution." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: info/desc #: C/using-categories.page:5 msgid "Using and managing categories for appointments, contacts, memos and tasks." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/title #: C/using-categories.page:25 msgid "Using Categories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: page/p #: C/using-categories.page:27 msgid "Another way to group contacts, appointments, tasks and memos (summarized by the term \"objects\" in the following text) is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark an object as being in several categories or no category at all. For example in your address book, you put a friend in the \"Business\" category because he works with you and the \"Friends\" category because he is a friend." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: note/p #: C/using-categories.page:29 msgid "To display only the objects in a particular category, select the corresponding category in the quick search bar." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/using-categories.page:32 msgid "Setting categories for an object" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/using-categories.page:34 msgid "To mark an object as belonging to a category," msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/using-categories.page:36 msgid "Double-click the object to bring up the corresponding editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/using-categories.page:37 #: C/using-categories.page:49 msgid "Click Categories…. (If this button is not available, select ViewCategories.)" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/using-categories.page:38 msgid "Select the category from the list. You can select as many or as few categories as you like." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/using-categories.page:44 msgid "Adding and managing categories" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/using-categories.page:46 msgid "If the default list of categories does not suit your needs, you can add your own categories either directly via EditAvailable Categories, or indirectly when editing an object:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/using-categories.page:48 msgid "Double-click any object to bring up the corresponding editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/using-categories.page:50 msgid "Enter the new category in the entry box at the top." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/using-categories.page:52 msgid "You can now see the category in the Categories text field in the editor." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/using-categories.page:56 msgid "In the Categories Editor you can edit or set the color and icon for each category available by clicking Edit at the bottom of the Categories window. Press Delete to delete categories from the list." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:3 msgid "Sender:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:4 msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:6 msgid "Recipients:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:7 msgid "The recipients of the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:9 msgid "CC:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:10 msgid "Only the CC recipients of the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:12 msgid "BCC:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:13 msgid "Only the BCC recipients of the message. Obviously this can only be applied to outgoing filters." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:15 msgid "Sender or Recipients:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:16 msgid "The sender's email address or the name of the sender or the recipients of the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:18 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:19 msgid "The subject line of the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:21 msgid "Specific Header:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22 msgid "custom ones" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:22 msgid "Any header including <_:link-1/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/app #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23 #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23 #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29 #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:23 msgid "If a message uses a header more than once, <_:app-1/> pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as \"engineering@example.com\" and then restates it as \"marketing@example.com\", <_:app-2/> filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:25 msgid "Message Body:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:26 msgid "Searches in the actual text of the message." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:28 msgid "Expression:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29 msgid "filters" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:29 msgid "(For programmers only) Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language used to define <_:link-1/> in <_:app-2/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:31 msgid "Free Form Expression:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:32 msgid "special syntax" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:32 msgid "(For advanced users only) Combine numerous conditions by using a <_:link-1/>." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:34 msgid "Date sent:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:35 msgid "Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given date or after a given date. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:37 msgid "Date received:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:38 msgid "This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:40 msgid "Label:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:41 msgid "labels" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:41 msgid "Messages can have <_:link-1/> of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set labels with other filters or manually." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:43 msgid "Score:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:44 msgid "Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:46 msgid "Size (kB):" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:47 msgid "Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:49 msgid "Status:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:50 msgid "Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:52 msgid "Follow Up:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:53 msgid "flagged for follow-up" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:53 msgid "Checks whether the message is <_:link-1/> or completed (after a certain date)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:55 msgid "Attachments:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:56 msgid "Checks whether there is an attachment for the email." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:58 msgid "Mailing List:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:59 msgid "Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter checks for a variety of common mailing list related headers but might miss messages from some list servers if they use uncommon headers." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:61 msgid "Regex Match:" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/link #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 msgid "regex" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-filter-vfolder-conditions.xml:62 msgid "(For advanced users) If you know your way around a <_:link-1/>, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with \"a\" and end with \"m\", and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. <_:app-2/> supports the Extended Regular Expression syntax (ERE)." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:4 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27 msgid "Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:6 msgid "Select the <_:guiseq-1/> menu to open the dialog box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7 msgid "Add Condition" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:7 msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to add any number of rules." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:8 msgid "Select the condition from the dropdown list, and then type a search entry in the field." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30 msgid "OK" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:9 msgid "Click <_:gui-1/> to get the search results displayed." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:14 msgid "Clearing the Search results" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 msgid "Clear" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: keyseq/key #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 msgid "Shift" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: keyseq/key #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 msgid "Ctrl" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: keyseq/key #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 msgid "Q" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:15 msgid "To clear your search view and get back to the default view, click the <_:gui-1/> icon in the search string field, or choose <_:guiseq-2/> from the menubar. You can also press <_:keyseq-3/> to clear the search." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:19 msgid "Saved Searches" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:20 msgid "If you search for something rather often, you will prefer not to type it many times. In this case you can use saved searches." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 msgid "Save" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:21 msgid "To save your search results, either click <_:gui-1/> instead of <_:gui-2/> in the Search dialog, or in case the search results are already displayed, select <_:guiseq-3/>. From now on this search will be directly available from the <_:gui-4/> menu." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: section/title #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:25 msgid "Editing a Saved Search" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: guiseq/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27 msgid "Edit Saved Searches" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:27 msgid "Select <_:guiseq-1/> from the menu bar to open the window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: p/gui #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:28 msgid "Click the <_:gui-1/> button to open the <_:gui-2/> window." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:29 msgid "Edit the title or search conditions from the dialog box." msgstr "" #. (itstool) path: item/p #: C/xinclude-searching.xml:30 msgid "Click <_:gui-1/>." msgstr ""